1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
30 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
31 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
35 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
37 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
38 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
39 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
42 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
43 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
45 % redefine the greyed out note
46 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
47 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
49 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
54 \font_typewriter default
55 \font_default_family default
65 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
66 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
70 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
71 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
72 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
77 \pdf_pagebackref false
78 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
79 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
86 \paperorientation portrait
97 \paragraph_separation indent
99 \quotes_language english
102 \paperpagestyle default
103 \tracking_changes false
104 \output_changes false
120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
122 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
124 \begin_inset CommandInset href
126 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
137 \begin_inset Newline newline
141 \begin_inset Newline newline
145 \begin_inset Note Note
148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
149 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
150 \begin_inset Newline newline
155 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
163 \begin_layout Standard
164 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
165 LatexCommand tableofcontents
172 \begin_layout Chapter
176 \begin_layout Section
180 \begin_layout Standard
181 LyX is a document preparation system.
182 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
183 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
184 It is unlike most other
185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
192 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
194 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
206 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
211 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
215 \begin_layout Standard
216 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
229 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
233 \begin_layout Standard
235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
246 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
247 the format of all of the manuals.
248 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
249 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
266 \begin_layout Section
270 \begin_layout Standard
271 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
273 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
274 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
276 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
295 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
298 \begin_layout Standard
299 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
300 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
301 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
303 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
304 only a vertical scrollbar.
305 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
306 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
307 This, however, is due
308 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
309 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
310 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
311 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
313 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
314 this doesn't work for equations yet.
317 \begin_layout Standard
318 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
326 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
331 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
332 ing sections of this documentation.
335 \begin_layout Section
339 \begin_layout Standard
340 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
345 of the manuals from inside LyX.
346 Just select the manual you want read from the
353 \begin_layout Section
355 \begin_inset CommandInset label
357 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
364 \begin_layout Standard
365 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
366 without resorting to configuration files.
367 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
368 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
369 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
384 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
385 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
386 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
387 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
389 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
397 Reconfiguration of LyX
402 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
405 \begin_layout Section
407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
409 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
416 \begin_layout Standard
417 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
418 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
441 that will be created when using the menu
443 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
462 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
463 \begin_inset Note Note
466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
467 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
475 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
476 More on ERT is described in section
481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
487 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
494 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
508 Reconfiguration of LyX
516 \begin_layout Chapter
520 \begin_layout Section
521 Basic File Operations
525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
534 \begin_layout Standard
539 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
543 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_layout Itemize
567 \begin_layout Itemize
573 \begin_layout Itemize
579 \begin_layout Itemize
585 \begin_layout Itemize
595 \begin_layout Itemize
609 \begin_layout Itemize
619 \begin_layout Itemize
625 \begin_layout Itemize
631 \begin_layout Itemize
637 \begin_layout Itemize
643 \begin_layout Standard
644 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
645 a few minor differences.
648 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
663 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
664 you for a template to use.
665 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
666 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
667 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
675 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
682 \begin_layout Standard
684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
707 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
708 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
711 \begin_layout Standard
732 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
737 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
762 will reload the document from disk.
763 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
764 and want to restore it to the last save.
773 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
774 can identify this as your changes.
777 \begin_layout Section
778 Basic Editing Features
782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
791 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
798 \begin_layout Standard
799 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
800 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
801 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
802 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
804 We'll start with cut and paste.
807 \begin_layout Standard
808 As you might expect, the
812 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
813 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
817 \begin_layout Itemize
823 \begin_layout Itemize
829 \begin_layout Itemize
835 \begin_layout Itemize
845 \begin_layout Itemize
855 \begin_layout Itemize
869 \begin_layout Standard
870 The first three are self-explanatory.
871 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
872 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
881 keys also functions as the
886 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
887 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
892 to get back the lost text.
895 \begin_layout Standard
899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
905 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
914 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
917 \begin_layout Standard
920 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
925 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
936 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
942 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
951 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
952 will start a new paragraph.
955 \begin_layout Standard
959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
977 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1006 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1009 \begin_inset space ~
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1023 button to skip the current word.
1027 \begin_inset space ~
1032 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1036 \begin_inset space ~
1041 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1043 If the toggle is set, searching for
1044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1055 will not match the word
1056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1070 Match whole words only
1072 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1100 \begin_layout Standard
1101 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1102 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1104 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1109 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1116 \begin_layout Section
1121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1140 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1147 \begin_layout Standard
1148 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1149 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1152 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1155 to undo some mistake.
1156 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1158 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1169 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1174 \begin_layout Standard
1175 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1176 it was last saved, the
1177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1184 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1185 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1188 \begin_layout Standard
1197 work on almost everything in LyX.
1198 They have some quirks, too.
1207 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1208 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1216 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1217 surely appreciate how it works.
1220 \begin_layout Section
1225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1234 \begin_layout Standard
1235 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1238 \begin_layout Enumerate
1243 \begin_layout Itemize
1248 once anywhere in the edit window.
1249 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1253 \begin_layout Enumerate
1258 \begin_layout Itemize
1264 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1267 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1270 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1273 \begin_layout Itemize
1274 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1276 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1283 \begin_layout Enumerate
1284 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1288 \begin_layout Standard
1293 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1294 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1295 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1299 \begin_layout Enumerate
1304 \begin_layout Standard
1309 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1314 \begin_layout Section
1316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1318 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1335 \begin_layout Standard
1336 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1337 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1339 LyX's default is CUA.
1342 \begin_layout Standard
1346 \begin_inset space ~
1354 \begin_inset space ~
1375 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1379 \begin_layout Labeling
1380 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1384 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1385 LatexCommand nomenclature
1387 description "Tabulator key"
1393 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1394 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1395 \begin_inset space ~
1399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1401 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1408 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1412 , especially section
1413 \begin_inset space ~
1417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1419 reference "sub:Lists"
1425 If you're still confused, look in the
1432 \begin_layout Labeling
1433 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1437 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1438 LatexCommand nomenclature
1440 description "Escape key"
1447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1454 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1455 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1458 \begin_layout Labeling
1459 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1465 \begin_inset space ~
1469 \begin_inset space ~
1476 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1477 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1481 \begin_layout Standard
1482 There are three modifier keys:
1485 \begin_layout Labeling
1486 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1504 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1505 LatexCommand nomenclature
1507 description "Control key"
1511 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1512 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1516 \begin_layout Itemize
1525 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1528 \begin_layout Itemize
1537 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1540 \begin_layout Itemize
1549 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1553 \begin_layout Labeling
1554 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1572 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1573 LatexCommand nomenclature
1575 description "Shift key"
1579 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1580 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1583 \begin_layout Labeling
1584 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1602 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1603 LatexCommand nomenclature
1605 description "Meta or Alt key"
1609 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1610 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1611 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1617 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1619 menu accelerator keys
1622 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1623 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1627 \begin_layout Standard
1628 For example, the sequence
1629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1635 \begin_inset space ~
1639 \begin_inset space ~
1645 \begin_inset space ~
1653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1676 \begin_inset space ~
1682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1692 \begin_layout Standard
1693 There are also other things bound to the
1697 key, but you'll have to check in the
1709 \begin_layout Standard
1710 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1711 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1712 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1713 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1714 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1715 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1716 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1732 followed by a capital
1738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1756 \begin_layout Chapter
1761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1770 \begin_layout Section
1775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1784 \begin_layout Subsection
1788 \begin_layout Standard
1789 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1790 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1791 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1792 numbering schemes, and so on.
1793 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1794 and format the title of your document differently.
1797 \begin_layout Standard
1802 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1803 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1804 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1805 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1806 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1809 \begin_layout Standard
1810 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1811 how to adjust their properties.
1814 \begin_layout Subsection
1819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1826 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1828 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1835 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1839 \begin_layout Standard
1840 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1844 \begin_layout Description
1845 Article for basic articles
1848 \begin_layout Description
1849 Report for basic reports
1852 \begin_layout Description
1853 Book for writing a book
1856 \begin_layout Description
1857 Letter for US-style letters
1860 \begin_layout Standard
1861 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1863 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1864 can be found in chapter
1866 Special Document Classes
1875 \begin_layout Description
1876 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1879 \begin_layout Description
1886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1895 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1899 \begin_layout Description
1900 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1901 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1902 There are three article layouts available.
1903 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1904 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1905 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1906 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1911 sequential numbering
1912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1915 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1916 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1917 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1918 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1921 \begin_layout Description
1922 Beamer Layout for presentations
1925 \begin_layout Description
1926 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1927 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1931 \begin_layout Description
1933 \begin_inset space ~
1936 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1939 \begin_layout Description
1940 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1943 \begin_layout Description
1946 Die TeXnische Komödie
1948 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1951 \begin_layout Description
1952 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1955 \begin_layout Description
1956 Foils Used to make transparencies
1959 \begin_layout Description
1960 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1963 \begin_layout Description
1964 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1965 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1969 \begin_layout Description
1970 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1971 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1974 \begin_layout Description
1975 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1978 \begin_layout Description
1979 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1982 \begin_layout Description
1983 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1984 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1987 \begin_layout Description
1988 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1991 \begin_layout Description
1996 LaTeX document class
1999 \begin_layout Description
2000 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2003 \begin_layout Description
2008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2015 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2016 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2018 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2021 \begin_layout Description
2022 Slides Used to make transparencies
2025 \begin_layout Description
2027 \begin_inset space ~
2030 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2031 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2034 \begin_layout Description
2035 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2038 \begin_layout Description
2043 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2046 \begin_layout Standard
2047 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2049 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2054 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2055 of the document classes.
2058 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2062 \begin_layout Standard
2063 You can select a class using the
2065 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2079 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2083 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2084 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2103 \begin_layout Standard
2104 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2105 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2107 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2109 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2123 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2124 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2125 installed by default.
2126 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2127 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2131 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2135 \begin_layout Standard
2136 Each class has a default set of options.
2137 Here's a quick table describing them:
2140 \begin_layout Standard
2141 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2147 \begin_layout Standard
2149 \begin_inset Tabular
2150 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2152 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2153 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2154 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2155 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2156 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2610 \begin_layout Standard
2611 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2617 \begin_layout Standard
2618 You're probably also wondering what
2619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2623 \begin_inset space ~
2627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2631 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2632 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2637 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2642 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2652 headings, there are also
2660 headings, and so on.
2661 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2662 \begin_inset space ~
2666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2668 reference "sub:Headings"
2675 \begin_layout Subsection
2680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2687 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2689 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2708 \begin_layout Standard
2709 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2711 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2722 \begin_inset space ~
2727 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2729 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2730 to use for your document.
2731 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2735 \begin_layout Standard
2739 \begin_inset space ~
2748 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2749 You can choose between the following five options:
2752 \begin_layout Labeling
2753 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2758 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2761 \begin_layout Labeling
2762 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2767 No page numbers or headings.
2770 \begin_layout Labeling
2771 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2779 \begin_layout Labeling
2780 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2785 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2786 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2787 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2790 \begin_layout Labeling
2791 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2796 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2804 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2812 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2813 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2815 Check the documentation for the
2819 package for more details,
2820 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2829 \begin_layout Standard
2834 of paragraphs is described in section
2835 \begin_inset space ~
2839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2841 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2848 \begin_layout Subsection
2849 Paper Size and Orientation
2853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2854 Document ! Paper size
2860 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2862 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2869 \begin_layout Standard
2870 You'll find the following options in the menu
2873 \begin_inset space ~
2878 of the dialog of the
2880 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2898 \begin_layout Labeling
2899 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2904 What size paper to print on.
2908 \begin_layout Itemize
2914 \begin_layout Itemize
2924 \begin_layout Itemize
2930 \begin_layout Itemize
2936 \begin_layout Itemize
2942 \begin_layout Itemize
2948 \begin_layout Itemize
2954 \begin_layout Labeling
2955 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2960 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2971 \begin_layout Labeling
2972 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2976 \begin_inset space ~
2981 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2982 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2985 \begin_layout Subsection
2990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3016 \begin_layout Standard
3017 Paper margins are set in the menu
3019 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3037 \begin_layout Standard
3038 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3039 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3040 the paper format and the font size into account.
3043 \begin_layout Subsection
3047 \begin_layout Standard
3048 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3053 That includes the paragraph environments.
3054 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3055 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3056 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3057 paragraph environments to
3061 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3062 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3063 the conversion and why it failed.
3066 \begin_layout Section
3067 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3072 Paragraph ! Indentation
3080 \begin_layout Subsection
3082 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3084 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3091 \begin_layout Standard
3092 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3093 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3096 \begin_layout Standard
3097 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3098 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3099 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3100 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3104 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3110 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3111 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3112 language than English.
3113 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3116 \begin_layout Standard
3117 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3118 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3120 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3121 LyX takes care of that.
3122 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3124 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3125 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3126 of a page, and so on.
3130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3131 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3136 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3137 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3141 of these pre-coded spacings.
3142 We'll explain more later.
3145 \begin_layout Subsection
3146 Paragraph Separation
3150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3151 Paragraph ! Separation
3159 \begin_layout Standard
3160 To separate paragraphs, select
3171 \begin_inset space ~
3178 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3191 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3192 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3193 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3196 \begin_layout Standard
3206 \begin_layout Standard
3207 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3208 \begin_inset space ~
3212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3214 reference "cap:Units"
3219 The default length is 30
3220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3226 \begin_layout Subsection
3230 \begin_layout Standard
3231 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3234 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3236 \begin_inset space ~
3241 dialog and toggle the
3244 \begin_inset space ~
3249 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3250 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3251 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3255 \begin_layout Standard
3256 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3257 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3260 \begin_layout Subsection
3265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3266 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3274 \begin_layout Standard
3277 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3290 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3293 \begin_inset space ~
3302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3303 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3310 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3317 installed to use this feature.
3325 \begin_layout Section
3326 Paragraph Environments
3330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3331 Paragraph ! Environments
3337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3339 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3348 Paragraph environments|(
3356 \begin_layout Subsection
3360 \begin_layout Standard
3361 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3364 \begin_layout Standard
3383 \begin_inset Newline newline
3386 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3387 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3388 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3397 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3400 \begin_layout Standard
3401 A paragraph environment is simply a
3402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3409 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3410 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3411 scheme, labels, and so on.
3412 Additionally, you can
3413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3420 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3421 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3422 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3423 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3424 days of typewriters.
3425 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3427 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3430 \begin_layout Standard
3431 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3433 LyX will change the environment of the
3437 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3438 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3439 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3443 \begin_layout Standard
3452 create a new paragraph using the
3456 paragraph environment.
3458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3465 because if you are in one of these environments:
3468 \begin_layout Itemize
3474 \begin_layout Itemize
3480 \begin_layout Itemize
3486 \begin_layout Itemize
3492 \begin_layout Itemize
3498 \begin_layout Itemize
3504 \begin_layout Itemize
3510 \begin_layout Standard
3511 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3515 , rather than resetting it to
3520 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3521 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3522 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3523 \begin_inset space ~
3527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3529 reference "sec:Nesting"
3534 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3539 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3540 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3548 \begin_layout Subsection
3552 \begin_layout Standard
3553 The default paragraph environment is
3558 It creates a plain paragraph.
3559 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3560 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3561 this manual) are in the
3568 \begin_layout Standard
3569 You can nest a paragraph using the
3573 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3581 \begin_layout Subsection
3586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3595 \begin_layout Standard
3596 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3605 for thanks or contact information.
3606 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3607 page along with today's date.
3608 For other types of documents, the title
3609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3616 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3620 \begin_layout Standard
3621 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3635 Here's how you use them:
3638 \begin_layout Itemize
3639 Put the title of your document in the
3646 \begin_layout Itemize
3647 Put the author name in the
3654 \begin_layout Itemize
3655 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3656 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3662 Note that using this environment is optional.
3663 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3664 If you don't want any date, add the line
3665 \begin_inset Newline newline
3675 \begin_inset Newline newline
3678 to the preamble of your document (menu
3680 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3686 \begin_layout Standard
3687 You can use footnotes to insert
3688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3695 or contact informations.
3698 \begin_layout Subsection
3703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3719 \begin_layout Standard
3720 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3721 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3724 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3730 Section headings ! Numbered
3738 \begin_layout Standard
3739 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3743 \begin_layout Enumerate
3749 \begin_layout Enumerate
3755 \begin_layout Enumerate
3761 \begin_layout Enumerate
3767 \begin_layout Enumerate
3773 \begin_layout Enumerate
3779 \begin_layout Enumerate
3785 \begin_layout Standard
3786 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3787 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3788 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3791 \begin_layout Standard
3792 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3793 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3794 You group the book into chapters.
3795 LyX does similar grouping:
3798 \begin_layout Itemize
3803 is divided in either
3812 \begin_layout Itemize
3824 \begin_layout Itemize
3836 \begin_layout Itemize
3848 \begin_layout Itemize
3860 \begin_layout Itemize
3872 \begin_layout Standard
3873 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3881 Not all document types use the
3885 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3890 is the top-level heading.
3898 \begin_layout Standard
3903 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3904 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3906 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3918 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3924 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3932 \begin_layout Standard
3933 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3937 \begin_layout Enumerate
3943 \begin_layout Enumerate
3949 \begin_layout Enumerate
3955 \begin_layout Enumerate
3961 \begin_layout Enumerate
3967 \begin_layout Standard
3969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3976 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3977 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3978 table of contents, see section
3979 \begin_inset space ~
3983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3992 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3993 Changing the Numbering
3994 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3996 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4003 \begin_layout Standard
4004 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4005 in the Table of Contents.
4006 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4008 Certain classes start with
4022 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4032 This is something you can change.
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4038 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4058 \begin_inset space ~
4062 \begin_inset space ~
4067 you'll see two counters.
4072 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4074 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4079 Short Titles of Headings
4083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4084 Section headings ! Short titles
4093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4100 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4102 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4109 \begin_layout Standard
4110 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4111 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4112 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4113 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4116 \begin_layout Standard
4117 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4118 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4119 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4120 To specify a short title, use the menu
4122 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4124 \begin_inset space ~
4130 This will insert a box labeled
4131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4146 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4147 This also works for captions inside floats.
4150 \begin_layout Standard
4151 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4154 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4158 \begin_layout Standard
4159 The following information applies to all section headings:
4162 \begin_layout Itemize
4163 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4166 \begin_layout Itemize
4167 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4170 \begin_layout Itemize
4171 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4174 \begin_layout Itemize
4175 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4178 \begin_layout Subsection
4179 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4182 \begin_layout Standard
4183 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4197 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4198 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4199 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4200 the text they contain.
4201 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4209 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4212 \begin_layout Standard
4213 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4222 when you start a new paragraph.
4223 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4227 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4228 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4229 to change back to the
4233 environment yourself.
4236 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4265 \begin_layout Standard
4266 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4267 time for the differences.
4276 are identical except for one difference:
4280 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4289 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4292 \begin_layout Standard
4293 Here's an example of the
4306 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4308 See -- no indentation!
4312 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4313 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4314 the other paragraph.
4317 \begin_layout Standard
4318 Here's another example, this time in the
4325 \begin_layout Quotation
4331 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4332 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4333 the first line, then
4337 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4341 you were quoting other text.
4344 \begin_layout Quotation
4345 Here's a new paragraph.
4346 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4347 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4350 \begin_layout Standard
4351 As the examples show,
4355 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4356 They should put quotes in the
4361 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4365 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4368 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4405 \begin_layout Standard
4410 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4416 \begin_inset Newline newline
4419 Which I did not rehearse!
4423 It could be much worse.
4424 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4426 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4427 indented a bit more than the first.
4428 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4434 \begin_inset Newline newline
4437 And make things look fine
4438 \begin_inset Newline newline
4448 \begin_layout Standard
4453 does not indent both margins.
4454 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4455 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4466 \begin_layout Subsection
4471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4478 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4487 \begin_layout Standard
4488 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4498 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4507 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4508 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4509 some general features of all four of them.
4512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4516 \begin_layout Standard
4517 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4519 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4528 reset the environment to
4532 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4533 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4534 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4539 to break paragraphs.
4542 \begin_layout Standard
4543 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4544 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4546 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4547 you read all of section
4548 \begin_inset space ~
4552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4554 reference "sec:Nesting"
4562 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4587 \begin_layout Standard
4588 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4592 paragraph environment.
4593 It has the following properties:
4596 \begin_layout Itemize
4597 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4601 \begin_layout Itemize
4602 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4605 \begin_layout Itemize
4606 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4610 \begin_layout Itemize
4611 The items can have any length.
4612 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4613 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4620 \begin_layout Itemize
4625 environment inside another
4629 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4633 \begin_layout Itemize
4634 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4637 \begin_layout Itemize
4638 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4641 \begin_layout Itemize
4643 \begin_inset space ~
4647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4649 reference "sec:Nesting"
4653 for a full explanation of nesting.
4657 \begin_layout Standard
4658 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4667 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4670 \begin_layout Standard
4671 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4672 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4673 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4676 \begin_layout Itemize
4677 The label for the first level
4681 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4685 \begin_layout Itemize
4686 The label for the second level is a dash.
4690 \begin_layout Itemize
4691 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4695 \begin_layout Itemize
4696 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4700 \begin_layout Itemize
4701 Back out to the third level.
4705 \begin_layout Itemize
4706 Back to the second level.
4710 \begin_layout Itemize
4711 Back to the outermost level.
4714 \begin_layout Standard
4715 These are the default labels for an
4720 You can customize these labels in the
4722 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4725 dialog in the submenu
4735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4744 \begin_layout Standard
4745 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4746 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4748 \begin_inset space ~
4752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4754 reference "sec:Nesting"
4761 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4779 name "sec:Enumerate"
4786 \begin_layout Standard
4791 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4792 It has these properties:
4795 \begin_layout Enumerate
4796 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4800 \begin_layout Enumerate
4801 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4805 \begin_layout Enumerate
4806 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4809 \begin_layout Enumerate
4814 environment resets the counter to one.
4817 \begin_layout Enumerate
4830 \begin_layout Enumerate
4831 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4832 Items can have any length.
4835 \begin_layout Enumerate
4836 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4839 \begin_layout Enumerate
4840 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4843 \begin_layout Enumerate
4844 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4848 \begin_layout Standard
4857 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4858 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4865 \begin_layout Enumerate
4866 The first level of an
4870 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4874 \begin_layout Enumerate
4875 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4879 \begin_layout Enumerate
4880 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4884 \begin_layout Enumerate
4885 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4888 \begin_layout Enumerate
4889 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4894 \begin_layout Enumerate
4895 Back to the third level
4899 \begin_layout Enumerate
4900 Back to the second level.
4904 \begin_layout Enumerate
4905 Back to the outermost level.
4908 \begin_layout Standard
4909 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4914 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4919 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4923 \begin_layout Standard
4924 There is more to nesting
4928 environments than we've stated here.
4929 You should read section
4930 \begin_inset space ~
4934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4936 reference "sec:Nesting"
4940 to learn more about nesting.
4943 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4961 name "sec:Description-List"
4968 \begin_layout Standard
4969 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4973 list has no fixed label.
4974 Instead, LyX uses the first
4975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4982 of the first line as the label.
4986 \begin_layout Description
4987 Example: This is an example of the
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4995 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4999 \begin_layout Standard
5001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5008 it is meant that the first hit of the
5012 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5014 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5025 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5026 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5028 \begin_inset space ~
5034 \begin_inset space ~
5038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5040 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5044 for more info.) Here is an example:
5047 \begin_layout Description
5049 \begin_inset space ~
5052 Example: This one shows how to use a
5055 \begin_inset space ~
5067 \begin_layout Description
5068 Usage: You should use the
5072 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5073 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5075 It's not a good idea to use a
5079 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5080 You're better off using
5092 paragraphs into them.
5095 \begin_layout Description
5096 Nesting: You can nest
5100 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5104 \begin_layout Standard
5105 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5106 them from the first line.
5109 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5119 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5134 \begin_layout Standard
5139 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5143 \begin_layout Standard
5152 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5153 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5156 \begin_layout Labeling
5157 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5159 \begin_inset space ~
5162 labels LyX uses the first
5163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5170 of each line as the item label.
5175 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5176 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5177 blank as described above.
5180 \begin_layout Labeling
5181 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5182 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5183 the body of the item text.
5184 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5185 label width plus a little extra space.
5189 \begin_layout Labeling
5190 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5192 \begin_inset space ~
5195 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5197 If the label width is larger, the label
5198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5205 into the first line.
5206 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5207 margin of the rest of the item text.
5210 \begin_layout Labeling
5211 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5213 \begin_inset space ~
5216 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5221 environment have the same left margin.
5222 \begin_inset Newline newline
5225 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5228 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5230 \begin_inset space ~
5239 \begin_inset space ~
5244 determines the default label width.
5245 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5254 multiple times instead.
5255 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5264 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5267 \begin_inset space ~
5272 every time you alter a label in a
5277 \begin_inset Newline newline
5280 The predefined default width is the length of
5281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5290 \begin_inset Newline newline
5294 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5302 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5303 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5311 \begin_layout Standard
5316 environment the same way like the
5320 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5326 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5330 \begin_layout Standard
5335 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5337 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5339 \begin_inset space ~
5343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5345 reference "sec:Nesting"
5349 to learn about nesting.
5352 \begin_layout Standard
5353 There is yet another feature of the
5357 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5359 You can use additional
5363 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5369 \begin_inset space ~
5373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5375 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5380 Here are some examples:
5383 \begin_layout Labeling
5384 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5385 Left The default for
5392 \begin_layout Labeling
5393 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5394 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5401 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5404 \begin_layout Labeling
5405 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5406 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5410 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5417 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5420 \begin_layout Subsection
5425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5434 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5442 \begin_inset space ~
5450 \begin_layout Standard
5451 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5459 \begin_inset space ~
5465 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5466 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5467 In contrast, you can use the
5474 \begin_inset space ~
5479 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5480 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5484 \begin_layout Standard
5485 Of course, you're not limited to using
5492 \begin_inset space ~
5501 \begin_inset space ~
5506 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5507 some European academic papers.
5510 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5514 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5521 \begin_layout Standard
5526 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5527 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5531 \begin_inset space ~
5536 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5537 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5538 Here's an example of each:
5541 \begin_layout Right Address
5543 \begin_inset Newline newline
5547 \begin_inset Newline newline
5551 \begin_inset Newline newline
5554 When is it? What is today?
5557 \begin_layout Standard
5561 \begin_inset space ~
5567 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5568 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5569 Here's an example of the
5576 \begin_layout Address
5578 \begin_inset Newline newline
5581 Where do I send this
5582 \begin_inset Newline newline
5585 Your post office and country
5588 \begin_layout Standard
5589 As you can see, both
5596 \begin_inset space ~
5601 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5606 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5612 This makes sense, since
5620 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5621 Thus, you have to use
5632 \begin_inset space ~
5635 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5637 \begin_inset space ~
5646 menu) to start a new line in an
5653 \begin_inset space ~
5661 \begin_layout Subsection
5665 \begin_layout Standard
5666 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5667 or list of references.
5668 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5687 \begin_layout Standard
5692 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5693 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5694 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5695 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5699 in anything else or vice versa.
5705 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5706 The book document classes ignores the
5710 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5714 in a letter document class.
5717 \begin_layout Standard
5722 environment does several things for you.
5723 First, it puts the centered label
5724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5732 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5734 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5735 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5736 the subsequent text.
5737 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5738 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5741 \begin_layout Standard
5742 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5746 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5747 The new paragraph will still be in the
5752 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5753 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5756 \begin_layout Standard
5757 \begin_inset Float figure
5762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5764 \begin_inset Graphics
5765 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5774 \begin_inset Caption
5776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5779 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5800 \begin_layout Standard
5801 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5805 environment, but since this document is in the
5806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5813 class, we can't do this.
5814 We inserted it therefore as figure
5815 \begin_inset space ~
5819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5821 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5826 If you've never heard of an
5827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5834 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5837 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5855 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5862 \begin_layout Standard
5867 environment is used to list references.
5868 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5869 only use it at the end of the document.
5874 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5877 \begin_layout Standard
5878 When you first open a
5882 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5898 depending on the document class.
5899 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5900 Each paragraph of the
5904 environment is a bibliography entry.
5909 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5910 Each new paragraph is still in the
5917 \begin_layout Standard
5918 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5920 \begin_inset space ~
5924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5926 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5933 \begin_layout Subsection
5940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5941 Paragraph ! LyX code
5947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5956 \begin_layout Standard
5961 environment is another LyX extension.
5962 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5967 key as a fixed whitespace;
5971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5983 \begin_inset space ~
5988 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5993 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5994 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6012 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6013 So, when you finish using the
6017 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6018 Also, you can nest the
6022 environment inside of others.
6025 \begin_layout Standard
6026 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6029 \begin_layout Itemize
6034 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6046 \begin_layout Itemize
6059 \begin_layout Itemize
6064 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6071 \begin_layout Itemize
6080 \begin_layout Itemize
6081 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6082 You must put at least one
6086 in any line you want blank.
6087 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6090 \begin_layout Itemize
6091 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6095 since that will insert
6100 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6108 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6111 \begin_layout Standard
6115 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6119 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6123 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6127 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6131 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6132 printf("Hello World!
6137 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6141 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6145 \begin_layout Standard
6146 This is just the standard
6147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6158 \begin_layout Standard
6163 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6164 rc-files, and so on.
6165 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6166 as if you used a typewriter.
6170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6171 Paragraph environments|)
6179 \begin_layout Section
6180 Nesting Environments
6184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6185 Nesting ! Environments
6191 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6200 \begin_layout Subsection
6204 \begin_layout Standard
6205 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6207 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6209 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6211 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6223 \begin_layout Enumerate
6227 \begin_layout Enumerate
6232 \begin_layout Enumerate
6236 \begin_layout Enumerate
6241 \begin_layout Enumerate
6245 \begin_layout Standard
6246 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6247 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6250 \begin_inset space ~
6254 \begin_inset space ~
6262 \begin_inset space ~
6266 \begin_inset space ~
6275 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6276 will tell you how far you are nested).
6277 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6278 \begin_inset Graphics
6279 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6284 \begin_inset Graphics
6285 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6289 or the convenient key bindings
6297 to change the nesting level.
6298 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6299 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6303 \begin_layout Standard
6304 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6305 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6306 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6307 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6310 \begin_layout Standard
6311 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6312 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6314 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6317 \begin_layout Subsection
6318 What You Can and Can't Nest
6321 \begin_layout Standard
6322 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6323 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6326 \begin_layout Standard
6327 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6328 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6329 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6332 \begin_layout Itemize
6333 Completely unnestable
6336 \begin_layout Itemize
6337 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6338 other things inside of them.
6341 \begin_layout Itemize
6342 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6346 \begin_layout Standard
6347 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6348 environments have them:
6351 \begin_layout Description
6352 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6353 Can't nest into them.
6357 \begin_layout Itemize
6363 \begin_layout Itemize
6369 \begin_layout Itemize
6377 \begin_layout Itemize
6383 \begin_layout Itemize
6389 \begin_layout Itemize
6397 \begin_layout Itemize
6403 \begin_layout Itemize
6409 \begin_layout Itemize
6415 \begin_layout Itemize
6421 \begin_layout Itemize
6427 \begin_layout Itemize
6433 \begin_layout Itemize
6439 \begin_layout Itemize
6445 \begin_layout Itemize
6451 \begin_layout Itemize
6457 \begin_layout Itemize
6464 \begin_layout Description
6466 \begin_inset space ~
6469 Nestable You can nest them.
6470 You can nest other things into them.
6474 \begin_layout Itemize
6480 \begin_layout Itemize
6486 \begin_layout Itemize
6492 \begin_layout Itemize
6498 \begin_layout Itemize
6504 \begin_layout Itemize
6510 \begin_layout Itemize
6516 \begin_layout Itemize
6523 \begin_layout Description
6524 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6525 You can't nest anything into them.
6529 \begin_layout Itemize
6535 \begin_layout Itemize
6539 \begin_inset space ~
6545 \begin_layout Itemize
6552 \begin_layout Standard
6557 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
6561 \begin_inset space ~
6569 \begin_inset space ~
6577 \begin_layout Subsection
6578 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6583 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6589 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6591 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6598 \begin_layout Standard
6599 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6600 affected by nesting anyhow.
6604 \begin_layout Itemize
6608 \begin_layout Itemize
6612 \begin_layout Itemize
6616 \begin_layout Standard
6618 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6626 If you put a figure or a table in a
6630 , this is no longer true.
6635 Have a look at section
6636 \begin_inset space ~
6640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6642 reference "sec:Floats"
6646 for more informations about
6653 \begin_layout Standard
6654 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6655 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6659 \begin_layout Standard
6660 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6668 of its own, it behaves just like a
6669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6676 paragraph environment.
6677 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6681 \begin_layout Standard
6682 Here's an example with a table:
6685 \begin_layout Enumerate
6690 \begin_layout Enumerate
6691 This is (a) and it's nested.
6695 \begin_layout Standard
6696 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6702 \begin_layout Standard
6704 \begin_inset Tabular
6705 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6707 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6708 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6792 \begin_layout Standard
6793 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6800 \begin_layout Enumerate
6802 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6806 \begin_layout Enumerate
6810 \begin_layout Standard
6811 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6814 \begin_layout Enumerate
6819 \begin_layout Enumerate
6820 This is (a) and it's nested.
6824 \begin_layout Standard
6825 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6831 \begin_layout Standard
6833 \begin_inset Tabular
6834 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6836 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6837 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6921 \begin_layout Standard
6922 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6928 \begin_layout Enumerate
6935 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6938 \begin_layout Enumerate
6942 \begin_layout Standard
6943 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6947 \begin_layout Standard
6948 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6950 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6953 \begin_layout Enumerate
6958 \begin_layout Enumerate
6959 This is (a) and it's nested.
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6963 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6969 \begin_layout Standard
6971 \begin_inset Tabular
6972 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6974 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6975 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7059 \begin_layout Standard
7060 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7068 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7076 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 \begin_layout Standard
7081 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7087 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7088 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7092 \begin_layout Subsection
7093 Usage and General Features
7094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7096 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7103 \begin_layout Standard
7104 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7113 is the innermost possible depth.
7114 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7117 \begin_layout Enumerate
7118 level #1 - outermost
7122 \begin_layout Enumerate
7127 \begin_layout Enumerate
7132 \begin_layout Enumerate
7137 \begin_layout Itemize
7142 \begin_layout Itemize
7151 \begin_layout Standard
7152 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7153 both of them in the example.
7154 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7164 For example, if we tried to nest another
7169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7179 \begin_layout Subsection
7184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7193 \begin_layout Standard
7194 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7195 We have several examples of nested environments.
7196 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7200 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7201 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7204 \begin_layout Labeling
7205 \labelwidthstring MMM
7206 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7215 \begin_layout Labeling
7216 \labelwidthstring MMM
7217 #2-a This is level #2.
7218 We created it by using
7230 \begin_layout Labeling
7231 \labelwidthstring MMM
7232 #3-a This is level #3.
7233 This time, we just hit
7242 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7255 \begin_layout Standard
7260 environment, nested inside of
7261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7269 So, it's at level #4.
7270 We did this by hitting
7278 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7283 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7299 \begin_layout Standard
7304 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7311 \begin_layout Labeling
7312 \labelwidthstring MMM
7313 #4-a This is level #4.
7318 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7323 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7327 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7332 keep nesting things inside of
7333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7344 \begin_layout Labeling
7345 \labelwidthstring MMM
7346 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7351 \begin_layout Labeling
7352 \labelwidthstring MMM
7353 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7354 and this is level #6.
7355 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7359 \begin_layout Labeling
7360 \labelwidthstring MMM
7361 #5-b Back to level #5.
7374 \begin_layout Labeling
7375 \labelwidthstring MMM
7384 , we're back at level #4.
7388 \begin_layout Labeling
7389 \labelwidthstring MMM
7390 #3-b Back to level #3.
7391 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7395 \begin_layout Labeling
7396 \labelwidthstring MMM
7397 #2-b Back to level #2.
7402 \begin_layout Labeling
7403 \labelwidthstring MMM
7404 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7405 After this sentence, we'll hit
7409 and change the paragraph environment back to
7416 \begin_layout Standard
7417 We could have also used the
7433 environment in place of the
7438 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7441 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7442 Example 2: Inheritance
7445 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7446 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7449 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7459 , after which, we'll change to the
7467 \begin_layout Enumerate
7472 environment, at level #2.
7475 \begin_layout Enumerate
7476 Notice how the nested
7480 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7484 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7488 \begin_layout Standard
7489 We ended this example by hitting
7494 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7498 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7505 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7506 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7519 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7527 \begin_layout Enumerate
7528 This is level #1, in an
7532 paragraph environment.
7533 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7537 \begin_layout Enumerate
7548 Now, what happens if we nest an
7552 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7553 label be? An asterisk?
7557 \begin_layout Itemize
7567 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7568 So, its label is a bullet.
7569 (We got here by using
7577 , then changing the environment to
7585 \begin_layout Itemize
7586 Here's level #4, produced using
7595 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7600 \begin_layout Enumerate
7601 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7603 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7608 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7612 , because we are in the
7636 \begin_layout Enumerate
7641 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7642 type of numbering does LyX use?
7645 \begin_layout Enumerate
7646 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7650 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7653 \begin_layout Enumerate
7658 to decrease the depth after the next
7666 \begin_layout Enumerate
7668 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7672 \begin_layout Enumerate
7674 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7675 numeral as the label.Why?
7678 \begin_layout Enumerate
7679 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7688 Notice, however, that LyX
7692 reset the counter for the label.
7696 \begin_layout Enumerate
7705 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7706 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7707 into the twofold-nested
7715 \begin_layout Enumerate
7716 The same thing happens if we do another
7724 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7727 \begin_layout Standard
7728 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7733 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7747 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7753 The same rule applies for the
7757 environment, as well.
7760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7761 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7764 \begin_layout Enumerate
7765 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7766 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7767 same detail with how we did it.
7776 \begin_layout Standard
7779 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7781 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7782 example in parentheses someplace.
7783 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7784 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7785 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7789 \begin_layout Enumerate
7794 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7799 Now we'll add verse.
7800 \begin_inset Newline newline
7803 It will get much worse.
7804 \begin_inset Newline newline
7809 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7815 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7816 \begin_inset Newline newline
7819 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7820 \begin_inset Newline newline
7833 \begin_layout Standard
7834 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7840 \begin_layout Standard
7842 \begin_inset Tabular
7843 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7845 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7846 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
7851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
7889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7934 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7938 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7944 \begin_layout Enumerate
7949 : level #1) This is another item.
7950 Note that selecting a
7954 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7955 3 times to put the table inside the
7963 \begin_layout Quotation
7964 We're now ending the
7968 list and changing to
7973 We're still at level #1.
7974 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7975 The next set of paragraphs is a
7976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7990 \begin_inset space ~
7995 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7999 for the letter body.
8004 to preserve the depth.
8005 Remember that you need to use
8009 to create multiple lines inside the
8016 \begin_inset space ~
8026 \begin_layout Right Address
8028 \begin_inset Newline newline
8031 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8032 \begin_inset Newline newline
8038 \begin_layout Address
8040 \begin_inset space ~
8046 \begin_layout Quotation
8047 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8048 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8051 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8052 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8053 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8054 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8055 as soon as possible.
8056 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8059 \begin_layout Quotation
8060 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8061 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8062 with your order, along with payment.
8065 \begin_layout Quotation
8066 We thank you again for your patience.
8069 \begin_layout Address
8071 \begin_inset Newline newline
8078 \begin_layout Quotation
8079 That ends that example!
8082 \begin_layout Standard
8083 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8084 just a few keystrokes.
8085 We could have easily nested an
8106 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8109 \begin_layout Section
8110 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8123 \begin_layout Standard
8124 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8125 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8126 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8127 be broken at the end of a line.
8128 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8132 \begin_layout Subsection
8134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8136 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8153 \begin_layout Standard
8154 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8156 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8160 Further documentation is given in section
8161 \begin_inset Newline newline
8165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8167 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8175 \begin_layout Standard
8176 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8191 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8200 A protected space is set with
8202 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8203 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8207 \begin_inset space ~
8221 \begin_layout Subsection
8223 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8225 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8234 Spacing ! Horizontal
8242 \begin_layout Standard
8243 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8245 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8246 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8250 The length units are listed in Appendix
8251 \begin_inset space ~
8255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8257 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8264 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8266 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8268 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8285 \begin_layout Standard
8287 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8291 \begin_inset space \space{}
8294 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8295 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8296 \begin_inset space ~
8300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8302 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8307 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8308 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8315 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8319 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8336 \begin_layout Standard
8338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8345 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8354 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8355 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8356 inside abbreviations:
8361 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8365 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8370 \begin_inset space \space{}
8376 \begin_layout Standard
8377 or between values and units.
8378 Compare for example this:
8379 \begin_inset Newline newline
8383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8387 \begin_inset Newline newline
8393 \begin_layout Standard
8394 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8396 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8397 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8399 \begin_inset space ~
8411 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8415 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8422 \begin_layout Standard
8423 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8426 \begin_layout Description
8428 \begin_inset space ~
8432 \begin_inset space ~
8436 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8440 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8444 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8447 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8450 \begin_layout Description
8452 \begin_inset space ~
8456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8460 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8464 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8468 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8475 em) space between the arrows.
8478 \begin_layout Description
8480 \begin_inset space ~
8484 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8488 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8492 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8496 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8500 \begin_inset space ~
8504 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8507 em) space between the arrows.
8510 \begin_layout Description
8512 \begin_inset space ~
8516 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8520 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8524 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8528 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8532 \begin_inset space ~
8536 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8539 em) space between the arrows.
8542 \begin_layout Description
8544 \begin_inset space ~
8548 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8552 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8557 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8561 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8564 cm space between the arrows.
8567 \begin_layout Standard
8569 \begin_inset space ~
8573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8575 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8579 lists the different space sizes.
8582 \begin_layout Standard
8583 \begin_inset Float table
8588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8590 \begin_inset Caption
8592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8595 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8599 Width of the different horizotal spaces.
8607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8609 \begin_inset Tabular
8610 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8612 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8613 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8653 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8677 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8701 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8725 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8740 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8753 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8781 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8809 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8830 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8848 \begin_layout Standard
8849 Horizontal fills (hfills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
8850 in a uniform fashion.
8851 An hfill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
8852 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
8853 If there is more than one hfill on a line, they divide the available space
8854 equally between themselves.
8858 \begin_layout Standard
8859 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
8864 This is on the left side
8865 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8868 This is on the right
8874 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8878 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8887 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8891 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8895 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8901 \begin_layout Standard
8902 That was an example in the
8908 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8912 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8916 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8919 is one in a standard paragraph.
8920 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
8924 sitting in-between the two arrows.
8927 \begin_layout Standard
8928 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
8929 Here's an example with the
8936 \begin_layout Labeling
8937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
8939 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8943 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8947 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8951 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8957 \begin_layout Standard
8959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8966 marks the beginning of the item.
8967 (There is actually a
8968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8975 hfill inside of the label of the
8979 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) Hfills work
8981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8988 situations, like two-column mode.
8991 \begin_layout Standard
8992 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9000 If an hfill is at the beginning of a line, and
9004 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9005 This prevents hfills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9006 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9010 option in the space dialog.
9018 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9032 \begin_layout Standard
9033 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9035 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9038 \begin_layout Standard
9039 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9042 What is correct English?:
9043 \begin_inset Newline newline
9047 \begin_inset Newline newline
9051 \begin_inset space ~
9054 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9055 \begin_inset Newline newline
9062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9073 \begin_inset Newline newline
9080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9091 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9097 \begin_layout Standard
9098 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9103 \begin_inset space ~
9107 \begin_inset space ~
9111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9115 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9122 In our case write the command
9129 (note the space after
9130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9137 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9138 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9139 That is why it is named
9140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9152 There exists also the commands
9164 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9165 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9166 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9168 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9180 \begin_layout Subsection
9182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9184 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9201 \begin_layout Standard
9202 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9204 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9205 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9207 \begin_inset space ~
9213 There you find the following sizes:
9216 \begin_layout Standard
9229 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9234 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9236 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9249 for the paragraph separation.
9250 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9261 \begin_layout Standard
9270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9276 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9277 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9279 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9280 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9289 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9298 s are described in section
9299 \begin_inset space ~
9303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9305 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9314 If there are several
9318 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9319 You can therefore use
9323 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9326 \begin_layout Standard
9331 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9332 \begin_inset space ~
9336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9338 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9345 \begin_layout Standard
9346 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9356 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9357 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9369 \begin_layout Subsection
9373 \begin_layout Standard
9374 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9376 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9380 There are four possibilities:
9383 \begin_layout Itemize
9389 \begin_layout Itemize
9395 \begin_layout Itemize
9401 \begin_layout Itemize
9407 \begin_layout Standard
9408 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9409 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9410 the left and right margins.
9411 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9414 \begin_layout Standard
9416 This paragraph is right aligned,
9419 \begin_layout Standard
9421 this one is centered,
9424 \begin_layout Standard
9426 this one is left aligned.
9429 \begin_layout Subsection
9434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9443 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9450 \begin_layout Standard
9451 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9452 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9453 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9454 Only if you use many
9458 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9461 \begin_layout Standard
9462 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9463 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9467 have to change the pagebreaking.
9470 \begin_layout Standard
9471 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9473 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9475 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9476 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9478 \begin_inset space ~
9484 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9487 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9489 \begin_inset space ~
9494 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9496 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9497 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9500 \begin_layout Standard
9501 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9502 at the top of a page.
9503 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9504 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9505 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9506 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9510 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9521 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9525 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9542 \begin_layout Standard
9543 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9544 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9545 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9546 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9547 if necessary by adding pages.
9550 \begin_layout Standard
9551 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9553 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9554 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9556 \begin_inset space ~
9562 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9564 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9565 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9567 \begin_inset space ~
9571 \begin_inset space ~
9576 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9577 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9580 \begin_layout Subsection
9585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9594 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9601 \begin_layout Standard
9602 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9604 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9606 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9607 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9609 \begin_inset space ~
9613 \begin_inset space ~
9623 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9625 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9626 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9628 \begin_inset space ~
9632 \begin_inset space ~
9637 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9639 This is necessary to avoid
9640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9647 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9650 \begin_layout Standard
9651 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9652 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9653 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9654 set a linebreak, e.g.
9655 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9656 \begin_inset space ~
9660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9662 reference "sec:Quote"
9667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9669 reference "sec:Verse"
9674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9676 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9683 \begin_layout Subsection
9685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9687 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9704 \begin_layout Standard
9709 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9710 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9712 \begin_inset space ~
9717 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9723 \begin_layout Section
9724 Fonts and Text Styles
9725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9727 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9734 \begin_layout Subsection
9739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9748 \begin_layout Standard
9749 There are two types of fonts:
9752 \begin_layout Description
9754 \begin_inset space ~
9761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9767 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9768 characters) in the font.
9769 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9770 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9771 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9772 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9773 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9774 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9775 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9776 provide a good image.
9777 \begin_inset Newline newline
9780 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
9781 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9782 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9783 sizes than at small ones.
9784 \begin_inset Newline newline
9798 \begin_inset space ~
9806 \begin_layout Description
9808 \begin_inset space ~
9815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9821 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9822 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9823 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9824 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9825 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9826 picture manipulation program.
9827 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9828 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9829 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9830 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9831 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9833 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9834 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9835 \begin_inset Newline newline
9838 Bitmap fonts are named
9841 \begin_inset space ~
9846 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9849 \begin_layout Standard
9850 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9851 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9852 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9853 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9857 \begin_layout Standard
9858 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9859 its document properties.
9862 \begin_layout Standard
9863 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9864 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9865 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9866 font to emphasize text, you use an
9867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9875 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9876 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9880 \begin_layout Subsection
9881 Document Font and Font size
9882 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9884 name "sub:Document-Font"
9892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9911 \begin_layout Standard
9912 You can set the document fonts in the
9914 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9928 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9929 font shapes roman (serif),
9932 \begin_inset space ~
9944 \begin_layout Standard
9945 The possible options for the font include
9949 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9954 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9976 European Computer Modern
9979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9989 \begin_layout Standard
9998 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9999 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10004 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10007 \begin_inset space ~
10012 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10018 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10019 There are three ways to use one:
10022 \begin_layout Itemize
10023 One way is to use the
10033 Virtual means that it
10034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10045 -glyphs from other fonts.
10046 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10068 Loading the LaTeX-package
10076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10077 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10082 with the document preamble line
10085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10090 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10094 will fix the guillemet problem.
10099 and that accented characters are not
10103 glyph, they are build of
10107 characters, the accent and the letter.
10108 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10112 fonts for words with accented characters.
10113 If you search for example for the French word
10114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10121 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10130 and not for the glyph
10131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10135 \begin_inset space ~
10139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10145 \begin_layout Itemize
10146 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10159 , consists of these three main font types
10162 \begin_inset space ~
10183 \begin_inset space ~
10193 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10197 \begin_inset space ~
10204 as typewriter font.
10205 \begin_inset Newline newline
10208 The differences between roman,
10211 \begin_inset space ~
10220 fonts are explained in section
10221 \begin_inset space ~
10225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10227 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10232 \begin_inset Newline newline
10238 \begin_inset space ~
10243 was originally designed for newspapers.
10244 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10245 into the small newspaper columns.
10249 \begin_inset space ~
10254 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10257 \begin_layout Itemize
10258 The best solution is to use the
10263 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10270 \begin_layout Standard
10271 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10274 For the font size there are four possible values:
10291 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10294 \begin_layout Standard
10295 The font sizes are the
10300 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10301 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10302 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10305 \begin_inset space ~
10311 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10312 \begin_inset space ~
10316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10318 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10325 \begin_layout Standard
10326 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10330 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10338 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10342 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10343 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10344 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10346 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10349 dialog, see section
10350 \begin_inset space ~
10354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10356 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10368 \begin_layout Subsection
10369 Using Different Character Styles
10373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10392 \begin_layout Standard
10393 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10394 certain paragraph environments.
10395 LyX supports two character styles,
10404 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10408 \begin_layout Standard
10413 style, do one of the following:
10416 \begin_layout Itemize
10417 click on the toolbar button
10418 \begin_inset Graphics
10419 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10426 \begin_layout Itemize
10430 \begin_inset space ~
10436 \begin_layout Standard
10437 These commands are all toggles.
10442 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10445 \begin_layout Standard
10446 One typically uses the
10450 style for proper names.
10452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10459 is the original author of LyX.
10460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10466 \begin_layout Standard
10467 A more widely used character style is the
10472 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10479 \begin_layout Itemize
10480 clicking on the toolbar button
10481 \begin_inset Graphics
10482 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10489 \begin_layout Itemize
10490 using the keybindings
10493 \begin_inset space ~
10499 \begin_layout Standard
10504 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10505 es use a different font.
10508 \begin_layout Standard
10509 We've been using the
10513 style all over the place in this document.
10514 Here's one more example:
10517 \begin_layout Quotation
10520 Don't overuse character styles!
10523 \begin_layout Standard
10524 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10525 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10526 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10527 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10531 \begin_layout Standard
10532 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
10535 \begin_inset space ~
10542 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10544 \begin_inset space ~
10552 \begin_layout Subsection
10553 Fine-Tuning with the
10558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10560 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10577 \begin_layout Standard
10578 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10579 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10580 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10581 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10582 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10583 from ordinary dialog.
10586 \begin_layout Standard
10587 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10588 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10589 \begin_inset Newline newline
10592 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10593 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10596 \begin_layout Standard
10597 To use custom character styles, open the
10599 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10601 \begin_inset space ~
10607 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10608 font property which you can choose.
10609 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10612 \begin_inset space ~
10617 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10622 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10623 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10624 environments in a snap.
10627 \begin_layout Standard
10628 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10631 \begin_inset space ~
10643 \begin_layout Labeling
10644 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10658 The possible options are:
10662 \begin_layout Labeling
10663 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10668 This is the Roman font family.
10669 Normally a serif font.
10670 It's also the default family.
10675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10687 \begin_inset space ~
10696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10704 \begin_inset Note Note
10707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10708 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10709 It is explained in section
10710 \begin_inset space ~
10714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10716 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10728 \begin_layout Labeling
10729 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10733 \begin_inset space ~
10740 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10759 \begin_inset space ~
10768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10778 \begin_layout Labeling
10779 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10786 This is the Typewriter font family.
10793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10805 \begin_inset space ~
10814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10827 \begin_layout Labeling
10828 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10833 This corresponds to the print weight.
10838 \begin_layout Labeling
10839 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10844 This is the Medium font series.
10845 It's also the default series.
10848 \begin_layout Labeling
10849 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10856 This is the Bold font series.
10863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10875 \begin_inset space ~
10884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10895 \begin_layout Labeling
10896 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10901 As the name implies.
10906 \begin_layout Labeling
10907 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10912 This is the Upright font shape.
10913 It's also the default shape.
10916 \begin_layout Labeling
10917 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10931 s the Italic font shape
10937 \begin_layout Labeling
10938 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10945 This is the Slanted font shape
10947 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10950 \begin_layout Labeling
10951 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10955 \begin_inset space ~
10962 This is the Small caps font shape
10969 \begin_layout Labeling
10970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10975 Alters the size of the font.
10976 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10977 nal to the document font size.
10978 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10979 what you want to do.
10984 \begin_layout Labeling
10985 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11019 \begin_inset space ~
11028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11051 \begin_inset space ~
11060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11070 \begin_layout Labeling
11071 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11105 \begin_inset space ~
11114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11124 \begin_layout Labeling
11125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11159 \begin_inset space ~
11168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11191 \begin_inset space ~
11200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11210 \begin_layout Labeling
11211 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11245 \begin_inset space ~
11254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11277 \begin_inset space ~
11286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11296 \begin_layout Labeling
11297 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11311 It's also the default size.
11316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11328 \begin_inset space ~
11337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11360 \begin_inset space ~
11369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11379 \begin_layout Labeling
11380 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11414 \begin_inset space ~
11423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11446 \begin_inset space ~
11455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11465 \begin_layout Labeling
11466 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11500 \begin_inset space ~
11509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11532 \begin_inset space ~
11541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11551 \begin_layout Labeling
11552 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11586 \begin_inset space ~
11595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11605 \begin_layout Labeling
11606 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11640 \begin_inset space ~
11649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11672 \begin_inset space ~
11681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11691 \begin_layout Labeling
11692 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11726 \begin_inset space ~
11735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11758 \begin_inset space ~
11767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11778 \begin_layout Standard
11783 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11784 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11785 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11786 - use that instead.
11787 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11790 \begin_layout Labeling
11791 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11796 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11801 \begin_layout Labeling
11802 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11809 This is text with emphasize on
11812 This might seem like the same as
11816 , but it is actually a bit different.
11822 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11824 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11827 \begin_layout Labeling
11828 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11835 This is text with Underbar on.
11842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11854 \begin_inset space ~
11863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11873 \begin_inset Newline newline
11878 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11879 when you couldn't change fonts.
11880 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11881 It's only included in LyX because some people
11885 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11888 \begin_layout Labeling
11889 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11896 This is text with Noun on.
11903 , this is a logical attribute.
11904 Normally it's equivalent to
11907 \begin_inset space ~
11916 \begin_layout Labeling
11917 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11922 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11923 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11927 \begin_inset space ~
11932 , which is the default
11933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11940 and means normally black, you can choose between
11976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11985 \begin_layout Labeling
11986 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11991 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11992 the language of the document.
11993 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11997 \begin_layout Standard
11998 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11999 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12001 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12003 \begin_inset space ~
12008 dialog, the settings are saved.
12009 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12010 \begin_inset Graphics
12011 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12016 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12017 when the dialog isn't visible.
12021 \begin_layout Standard
12022 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12025 \begin_inset space ~
12031 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12032 (suppose you just set the shape to
12033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12051 \begin_inset space ~
12063 \begin_layout Standard
12064 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12072 \begin_inset space ~
12084 \begin_layout Itemize
12090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12097 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12115 \begin_inset Newline newline
12122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12147 \begin_inset Note Note
12150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12151 For more on phantoms see section
12152 \begin_inset space ~
12156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12158 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12168 \begin_inset Newline newline
12174 \begin_layout Itemize
12179 fonts use characters with serifs.
12180 These are the small
12181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12188 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12189 The following example will show the difference:
12190 \begin_inset Newline newline
12194 \begin_inset Newline newline
12199 text without serifs
12202 \begin_inset Newline newline
12205 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12206 They are therefore used as default font (named
12213 \begin_layout Itemize
12219 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12220 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12223 \begin_layout Standard
12224 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12225 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12228 \begin_layout Section
12229 Printing and Previewing
12232 \begin_layout Subsection
12236 \begin_layout Standard
12237 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12238 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12239 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12240 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12241 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12244 \begin_inset space ~
12252 \begin_layout Standard
12253 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12254 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12255 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12256 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12257 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12258 This happens in two stages:
12261 \begin_layout Enumerate
12262 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12263 generating a file with the extension,
12264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12278 \begin_layout Enumerate
12279 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12283 file to produce printable output.
12287 \begin_layout Subsection
12288 Output file formats
12292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12299 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12301 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12314 File formats ! ASCII
12322 \begin_layout Standard
12323 This file type has the extension
12324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12336 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12340 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12347 \begin_layout Standard
12348 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12350 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12351 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12357 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12363 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12371 \begin_layout Standard
12372 This file type has the extension
12373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12384 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12386 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12387 it manually with console commands.
12388 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12389 you view or export your document.
12392 \begin_layout Standard
12393 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12395 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12396 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12413 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12427 \begin_layout Standard
12428 This file type has the extension
12429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12449 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12450 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12451 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12453 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12457 \begin_layout Standard
12458 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12466 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12467 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12472 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12473 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12474 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12475 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12478 \begin_layout Standard
12479 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12481 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12482 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12488 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12494 File formats ! PostScript
12502 \begin_layout Standard
12503 This file type has the extension
12504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12516 PostScript was developed by the company
12520 as printer language.
12521 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12523 PostScript can be seen as
12524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12527 programming language
12528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12531 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12536 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12546 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12556 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12559 \begin_layout Standard
12560 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12564 Encapsulated PostScript
12565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12568 (EPS, file extension
12569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12581 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12582 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12583 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12584 whenever you view or export your document.
12585 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12586 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12587 EPS to avoid this problem.
12590 \begin_layout Standard
12591 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12593 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12594 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12600 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12624 \begin_layout Standard
12625 This file type has the extension
12626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12642 Portable Document Format
12643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12646 (PDF) is developed by
12650 as derivative from PostScript.
12651 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12660 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12661 looks exactly the same.
12664 \begin_layout Standard
12665 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12669 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12673 (JPG, file extension
12674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12701 Portable Network Graphics
12702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12705 (PNG, file extension
12706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12718 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12719 in the background to one of these formats.
12720 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12721 will slow down your workflow.
12722 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12725 \begin_layout Standard
12726 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12728 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12731 in three different ways:
12734 \begin_layout Description
12735 PDF This uses the program
12739 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12740 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12744 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12745 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12748 \begin_layout Description
12750 \begin_inset space ~
12753 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12757 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12761 \begin_layout Description
12763 \begin_inset space ~
12766 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12770 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12773 \begin_layout Standard
12774 We recommend to use
12777 \begin_inset space ~
12786 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12792 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12795 \begin_layout Subsection
12800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12809 \begin_layout Standard
12810 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12811 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12815 and choose a file type.
12816 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12819 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12822 you can use the toolbar button
12823 \begin_inset Graphics
12824 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12834 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12836 \begin_inset space ~
12841 you can use the toolbar button
12842 \begin_inset Graphics
12843 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12850 \begin_layout Standard
12851 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12852 viewer window using the menu
12854 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12860 \begin_layout Standard
12861 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12863 To have a real output, export your document.
12866 \begin_layout Subsection
12867 Printing the File from within LyX
12868 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12870 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12877 \begin_layout Standard
12878 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12879 it directly from within LyX.
12880 To print a file, select the menu
12882 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12885 or click on the toolbar button
12886 \begin_inset Graphics
12887 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12892 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12893 This file is then processed by the program
12897 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12902 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12905 \begin_layout Standard
12906 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12907 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12908 printing one set to print on the other side.
12909 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12910 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12911 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12914 \begin_layout Standard
12915 You can set the parameters in the
12918 \begin_inset space ~
12926 \begin_layout Labeling
12927 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12932 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12937 Note that this printer name is for the program
12946 has to be configured for this printer name.
12947 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
12948 \begin_inset space ~
12952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12954 reference "sub:Printer"
12963 The printer should understand PostScript.
12966 \begin_layout Labeling
12967 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12972 The name of a file to print to.
12973 The output will be a PostScript file.
12974 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
12978 \begin_layout Section
12979 A few Words about Typography
12983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12992 \begin_layout Subsection
12997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13013 \begin_layout Standard
13015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13026 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13041 \begin_layout Enumerate
13043 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13047 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13065 \begin_layout Enumerate
13067 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13071 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13102 \begin_layout Enumerate
13104 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13108 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13152 \begin_layout Enumerate
13154 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13158 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13162 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13180 \begin_layout Standard
13181 You generate them by inserting the
13182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13193 character multiple times in a row.
13194 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13195 final output, but not in LyX.
13198 \begin_layout Standard
13199 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13200 math mode and has a length of its own.
13201 Here are some examples of the
13202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13216 \begin_layout Enumerate
13217 line- and page-breaks
13218 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13228 \begin_layout Enumerate
13230 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13240 \begin_layout Enumerate
13241 Oh --- there's a dash.
13242 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13252 \begin_layout Enumerate
13253 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13257 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13267 \begin_layout Subsection
13272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13279 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13281 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13288 \begin_layout Standard
13289 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13290 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13297 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13304 following the rules of the document language
13308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13309 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13317 \begin_inset space ~
13321 \begin_inset space ~
13328 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13339 \begin_layout Standard
13340 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13345 and with unusual constructs, like
13346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13354 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13355 This is done with the menu
13357 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13358 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13360 \begin_inset space ~
13366 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13367 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13370 \begin_layout Standard
13371 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13372 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13373 a hyphen and a space in the form
13374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13382 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13390 as hyphenation possibility.
13391 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13392 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13393 of the LaTeX-box-command
13399 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13400 As LyX doesn't support
13406 , we have to use ERT.
13407 The result looks in LyX like:
13410 \begin_layout Standard
13411 \begin_inset Graphics
13412 filename clipart/mbox.png
13419 \begin_layout Standard
13420 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section
13421 \begin_inset space ~
13425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13427 reference "sec:ERT"
13434 \begin_layout Subsection
13439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13448 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13449 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13452 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13459 \begin_layout Standard
13460 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13461 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13462 LaTeX then adds the
13463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13466 appropriate amount of space
13467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13471 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13473 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13476 \begin_layout Standard
13477 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13491 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13492 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13495 \begin_layout Standard
13496 Here are some examples of
13500 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13503 \begin_layout Itemize
13508 \begin_layout Itemize
13513 \begin_layout Standard
13514 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13517 \begin_layout Itemize
13520 this is too much space!
13523 \begin_layout Itemize
13528 \begin_layout Standard
13529 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13532 \begin_layout Standard
13533 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13536 \begin_layout Enumerate
13540 \begin_inset space ~
13545 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13546 \begin_inset space ~
13550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13552 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13561 Spaces ! inter-word
13569 \begin_layout Enumerate
13573 \begin_inset space ~
13578 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13579 \begin_inset space ~
13583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13585 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13602 \begin_layout Enumerate
13606 \begin_inset space ~
13610 \begin_inset space ~
13614 \begin_inset space ~
13621 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13623 \begin_inset space ~
13628 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13629 This function is also bound to
13636 \begin_layout Standard
13637 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13640 \begin_layout Itemize
13642 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13646 \begin_inset space \space{}
13649 this is too much space!
13652 \begin_layout Itemize
13653 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13657 \begin_layout Standard
13658 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13659 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13660 LaTeX will care about this.
13663 \begin_layout Standard
13664 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13667 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13669 \begin_inset space ~
13674 feature described in section
13685 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13691 Typography ! Quotes
13700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13729 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13738 \begin_layout Standard
13739 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13740 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13741 and use a closing quote at the end.
13743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13751 The keyboard character,
13755 , generates this automatically.
13758 \begin_layout Standard
13759 You can change the behavior of the
13763 key using the submenu
13769 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13777 Document ! Settings
13785 \begin_layout Standard
13786 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13791 There are six choices:
13794 \begin_layout Labeling
13795 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13807 Use quotes like this
13808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13816 \begin_inset Quotes els
13820 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13826 \begin_layout Labeling
13827 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13830 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13834 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13840 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13844 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13848 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13854 \begin_layout Labeling
13855 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13858 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13862 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13868 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13872 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13876 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13880 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13886 \begin_layout Labeling
13887 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13890 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13894 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13900 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13904 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13908 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13912 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13918 \begin_layout Labeling
13919 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13922 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13926 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13932 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13936 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13940 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13944 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13950 \begin_layout Labeling
13951 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13954 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13958 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13964 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13968 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13972 \begin_inset Quotes als
13976 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13982 \begin_layout Standard
13983 These settings affects what character the
13990 \begin_layout Subsection
13995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13996 Typography ! Ligatures
14005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14036 name "sub:Ligatures"
14043 \begin_layout Standard
14044 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14045 print them as single characters.
14046 These groups are known as
14051 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14053 Here are the standard ligatures:
14056 \begin_layout Itemize
14060 \begin_layout Itemize
14064 \begin_layout Itemize
14068 \begin_layout Itemize
14072 \begin_layout Itemize
14076 \begin_layout Standard
14077 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14080 \begin_layout Standard
14081 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14082 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14090 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14106 To break a ligature, use
14108 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14109 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14111 \begin_inset space ~
14118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14129 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14146 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14154 \begin_layout Subsection
14159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14160 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14166 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14168 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14175 \begin_layout Standard
14176 You have surely noticed, that the word
14177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14184 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14185 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14186 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14206 \begin_inset Note Note
14209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14210 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
14211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14218 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14219 To create proper names omit the ERT.
14224 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14228 \begin_layout Description
14229 LyX The name of the game, write
14230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14251 \begin_layout Description
14252 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14274 \begin_layout Description
14275 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14297 \begin_layout Description
14298 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14320 \begin_layout Standard
14321 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14326 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14334 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14335 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14336 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14339 : The actual version is
14340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14347 , the previous one was
14348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14358 \begin_layout Standard
14359 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14360 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
14361 This will look in LyX like:
14362 \begin_inset Graphics
14363 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14368 \begin_inset Newline newline
14371 For more about ERT, look at section
14372 \begin_inset space ~
14376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14378 reference "sec:ERT"
14385 \begin_layout Subsection
14390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14399 \begin_layout Standard
14400 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14401 space between two words.
14402 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14412 for units use the menu
14414 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14415 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14417 \begin_inset space ~
14429 \begin_layout Standard
14430 Here's an example to show the differences:
14433 \begin_layout Standard
14434 \begin_inset Tabular
14435 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14437 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14438 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14445 \begin_inset space ~
14449 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14461 space between number and unit
14468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14473 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14477 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14489 half space between number and unit
14502 \begin_layout Subsection
14507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14508 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14523 \begin_layout Standard
14524 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14526 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14527 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14528 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14529 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14530 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14531 These dangly-bits of text became known as
14542 \begin_layout Standard
14543 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14544 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14545 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14546 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14547 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14548 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14549 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14552 \begin_layout Standard
14553 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14554 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14555 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14556 \begin_inset space ~
14560 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14562 key "latexcompanion"
14567 \begin_inset space ~
14571 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14577 ] may have more information.
14578 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14581 \begin_layout Chapter
14582 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14585 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14592 \begin_layout Standard
14593 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14598 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14601 \begin_layout Section
14606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14622 \begin_layout Standard
14623 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14626 \begin_layout Description
14628 \begin_inset space ~
14631 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14632 \begin_inset Newline newline
14636 \begin_inset Note Note
14639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14640 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14648 \begin_layout Description
14649 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14650 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14652 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14653 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14654 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14657 \begin_inset Newline newline
14661 \begin_inset Note Comment
14664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14665 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14673 \begin_layout Description
14675 \begin_inset space ~
14678 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14679 \begin_inset Newline newline
14683 \begin_inset Newline newline
14687 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14696 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14697 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14698 How this can be done is explained in the
14707 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14713 \begin_inset Newline newline
14717 \begin_inset Newline newline
14720 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14721 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14724 \begin_layout Description
14725 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
14727 \begin_inset Box Framed
14736 height_special "totalheight"
14739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14740 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14745 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section
14746 \begin_inset space ~
14750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14752 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
14756 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14760 \begin_layout Description
14761 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14762 \begin_inset Box Shaded
14771 height_special "totalheight"
14774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14775 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14780 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14781 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14784 \begin_layout Standard
14785 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14786 \begin_inset Graphics
14787 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14789 scaleBeforeRotation
14795 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14799 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14802 \begin_layout Section
14807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14814 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14816 name "sec:Footnotes"
14823 \begin_layout Standard
14824 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14827 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14830 or the toolbar button
14831 \begin_inset Graphics
14832 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14845 \begin_inset Graphics
14846 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14856 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14885 label, the box will
14889 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14890 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14903 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14919 \begin_layout Standard
14920 Here's an example footnote:
14928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14929 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
14937 \begin_layout Standard
14938 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14939 position where the footnote box is placed.
14940 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14941 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14942 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14943 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14944 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14949 ey are described in the
14956 \begin_layout Section
14961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14970 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14977 \begin_layout Standard
14978 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14979 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14981 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14983 \begin_inset space ~
14988 or the toolbar button
14989 \begin_inset Graphics
14990 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15017 appearing within your text.
15018 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15027 \begin_layout Standard
15028 At the side is an example marginal note.
15032 \begin_inset Marginal
15035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15036 This is a marginal note.
15044 \begin_layout Standard
15045 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15046 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15047 pages, right on odd pages.
15050 \begin_layout Section
15051 Graphics and Images
15055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15072 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15074 name "sec:Graphics"
15081 \begin_layout Standard
15082 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15083 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15084 \begin_inset Graphics
15085 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15091 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15095 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15098 \begin_layout Standard
15099 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15104 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15105 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15106 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15108 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15109 \begin_inset space ~
15113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15115 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15122 \begin_layout Standard
15127 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15128 of the image in the output.
15129 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15133 \begin_inset space ~
15137 \begin_inset space ~
15146 \begin_inset space ~
15150 \begin_inset space ~
15154 \begin_inset space ~
15159 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15160 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15168 \begin_layout Standard
15169 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15174 You can also set the
15178 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15179 This option is explained in section
15180 \begin_inset space ~
15184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15186 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15194 \begin_inset space ~
15199 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15200 image size is printed.
15203 \begin_layout Standard
15204 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15205 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15207 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15208 centered paragraph:
15211 \begin_layout Standard
15213 \begin_inset Graphics
15214 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15217 rotateOrigin center
15224 \begin_layout Standard
15225 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15226 the image into a float, see section
15227 \begin_inset space ~
15231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15233 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15240 \begin_layout Subsection
15245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15252 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15254 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15261 \begin_layout Standard
15262 You can insert images in any known file format.
15263 But as we explained in section
15264 \begin_inset space ~
15268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15270 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15274 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15275 LyX uses therefore the program
15279 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15280 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15281 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15282 \begin_inset space ~
15286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15288 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15295 \begin_layout Standard
15296 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15299 \begin_layout Description
15301 \begin_inset space ~
15304 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15305 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15306 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15310 Graphics Interchange Format
15311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15314 (GIF, file extension
15315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15362 Portable Network Graphics
15363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15366 (PNG, file extension
15367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15414 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15418 (JPG, file extension
15419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15477 \begin_layout Description
15479 \begin_inset space ~
15482 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15484 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15485 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15486 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15487 \begin_inset Newline newline
15490 Scalable image formats can be
15491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15494 Scalable Vector Graphics
15495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15498 (SVG, file extension
15499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15546 Encapsulated PostScript
15547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15550 (EPS, file extension
15551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15598 Portable Document Format
15599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15602 (PDF, file extension
15603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15625 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15626 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15627 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15633 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15641 \begin_layout Standard
15642 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15646 \begin_layout Section
15651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15667 \begin_layout Standard
15668 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15669 \begin_inset Graphics
15670 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15677 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15681 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15682 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15683 from the rest of the table.
15684 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15685 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15687 Here's an example table:
15690 \begin_layout Standard
15692 \begin_inset Tabular
15693 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15695 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15696 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15697 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15698 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15898 \begin_layout Subsection
15902 \begin_layout Standard
15903 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15904 brings up the table dialog.
15905 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15906 where the cursor is placed currently.
15907 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15908 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15909 done on all of your selection.
15912 \begin_layout Standard
15913 Additionally to the table dialog the
15916 \begin_inset space ~
15921 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15923 It is for example currently only possible to add
15924 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15928 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15931 delete lines via the table toolbar.
15934 \begin_layout Standard
15938 \begin_inset space ~
15943 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15944 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15945 current cell respectively.
15946 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15948 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
15949 of text, see section
15950 \begin_inset space ~
15954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15956 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15963 \begin_layout Standard
15964 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15970 This will merge the cells to
15974 cell, spread over more than one column.
15975 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15976 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15977 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
15978 in the last row without the upper border:
15981 \begin_layout Standard
15983 \begin_inset Tabular
15984 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
15985 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
15986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15987 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
15988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15989 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16000 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16009 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16085 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16120 \begin_layout Standard
16121 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16122 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16123 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16124 explained in the tables section of the
16127 \begin_inset space ~
16133 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16134 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16137 degrees counterclockwise.
16138 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16141 \begin_layout Standard
16142 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16150 Most DVI-viewers are
16154 able to display rotations.
16162 \begin_layout Standard
16167 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16172 adds lines for all cell borders.
16175 \begin_layout Subsection
16180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16181 Tables ! Longtables
16190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16199 \begin_layout Standard
16200 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16203 \begin_inset space ~
16207 \begin_inset space ~
16216 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16217 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16220 \begin_layout Description
16225 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16226 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16227 except for the first page, if
16230 \begin_inset space ~
16238 \begin_layout Description
16242 \begin_inset space ~
16247 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16248 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16251 \begin_layout Description
16256 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16257 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16258 except for the last page, if
16261 \begin_inset space ~
16269 \begin_layout Description
16273 \begin_inset space ~
16278 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16279 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16282 \begin_layout Standard
16283 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
16284 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16285 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16286 The others will then be defined as
16291 In this context, first means first in this order:
16294 \begin_inset space ~
16306 \begin_inset space ~
16312 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16315 \begin_layout Standard
16317 \begin_inset Tabular
16318 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16319 <features islongtable="true">
16320 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16321 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16322 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16323 <row endfirsthead="true">
16324 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16330 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16335 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16344 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16354 <row endfirsthead="true">
16355 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16366 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16375 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16387 <row endhead="true">
16388 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16399 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16408 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16418 <row endhead="true">
16419 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16430 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16439 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16451 <row endfoot="true">
16452 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16463 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16472 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16503 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17444 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17453 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17462 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17473 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17504 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17535 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17566 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17597 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17628 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17659 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17690 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17721 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17752 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17783 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17814 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17845 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17876 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17907 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17938 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17969 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18000 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18031 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18062 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18093 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18124 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18155 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18186 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18217 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18248 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18279 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18310 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18341 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18372 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18403 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18433 <row endlastfoot="true">
18434 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18445 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18454 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18471 \begin_layout Subsection
18476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18485 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18492 \begin_layout Standard
18493 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18494 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18495 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18496 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18500 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18501 for the cell's paragraph.
18504 \begin_layout Standard
18505 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18506 for the column in the table dialog.
18507 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18508 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18512 \begin_layout Standard
18514 \begin_inset Tabular
18515 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18517 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18518 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18519 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18539 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18608 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18664 This is longer now.
18669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18720 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18721 This is longer now.
18726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18752 \begin_layout Standard
18753 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18754 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18755 Selection with the mouse or with
18759 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18760 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18761 the selection from outside the table.
18764 \begin_layout Section
18769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18785 \begin_layout Standard
18786 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18787 have a fixed location.
18789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18796 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18804 \begin_inset space ~
18809 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18810 too much notes at the page.
18813 \begin_layout Standard
18814 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18815 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18816 and pages without text.
18817 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18818 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18819 Floats are therefore numbered.
18820 Referencing is described in section
18821 \begin_inset space ~
18825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18827 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18834 \begin_layout Standard
18835 To insert a float, use the menu
18837 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18841 A box with a caption that has e.
18842 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18846 \begin_inset space ~
18850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18854 \begin_inset space ~
18858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18861 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18862 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18864 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18874 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18875 paragraph within the float.
18876 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18877 by left-clicking on the box label.
18878 A closed float box looks like this:
18879 \begin_inset Graphics
18880 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18885 -- a gray button with a red label.
18888 \begin_layout Standard
18889 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18890 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18893 \begin_layout Subsection
18897 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18903 Floats ! Figure floats
18909 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18911 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
18918 \begin_layout Standard
18921 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18922 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18925 inserts a float with the label
18926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18932 \begin_inset space ~
18938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18942 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
18943 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
18944 This is what we did for Figure
18945 \begin_inset space ~
18949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18951 reference "cap:Platypus"
18956 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
18957 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
18958 This was done in Figure
18959 \begin_inset space ~
18963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18965 reference "cap:Escher"
18972 \begin_layout Standard
18973 \begin_inset Float figure
18978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18980 \begin_inset Graphics
18981 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18984 rotateOrigin center
18991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18992 \begin_inset Caption
18994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18995 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18997 name "cap:Platypus"
19001 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19014 \begin_layout Standard
19015 \begin_inset Float figure
19020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19021 \begin_inset Caption
19023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19024 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19041 \begin_inset Graphics
19042 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19045 rotateOrigin center
19057 \begin_layout Standard
19058 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19060 As described in section
19061 \begin_inset space ~
19065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19067 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19071 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19073 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19076 and refer to it using the menu
19078 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19082 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19091 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19103 \begin_layout Standard
19104 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19105 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19106 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19107 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19109 \begin_inset space ~
19113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19115 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19119 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19120 You can also set the images one below the other.
19122 \begin_inset space ~
19126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19128 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19135 reference "fig:Platypus"
19139 are the subfigures.
19142 \begin_layout Standard
19143 \begin_inset Float figure
19148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19149 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19153 \begin_inset Float figure
19158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19159 \begin_inset Caption
19161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19162 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19164 name "fig:Undefinable"
19176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19177 \begin_inset Graphics
19178 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19189 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19193 \begin_inset Float figure
19198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19199 \begin_inset Caption
19201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19204 name "fig:Platypus"
19216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19217 \begin_inset Graphics
19218 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19230 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19237 \begin_inset Caption
19239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19242 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19246 Two distorted images.
19259 \begin_layout Standard
19260 Note that the caption is added to the
19263 \begin_inset space ~
19267 \begin_inset space ~
19272 as described in section
19273 \begin_inset space ~
19277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19279 reference "sec:ListsOf"
19286 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19292 Floats ! Table floats
19298 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19300 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19307 \begin_layout Standard
19308 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19310 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19311 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19315 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19318 \begin_inset space ~
19322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19324 reference "cap:Table-float"
19328 is an example of a table float.
19331 \begin_layout Standard
19332 \begin_inset Float table
19337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19338 \begin_inset Caption
19340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19343 name "cap:Table-float"
19355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19357 \begin_inset Tabular
19358 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19360 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19361 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19362 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19489 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19510 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19512 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19533 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19554 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19560 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19568 \begin_layout Standard
19569 This float type is inserted with the menu
19571 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19572 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19576 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19577 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19581 , described in section
19582 \begin_inset space ~
19586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19588 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19595 \begin_layout Standard
19596 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19604 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19610 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19613 \begin_layout Standard
19618 floatname{algorithm}{your
19619 \begin_inset space ~
19625 \begin_layout Standard
19626 to the document preamble (menu
19628 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19635 \begin_inset space ~
19641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19655 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19661 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19667 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19669 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
19676 \begin_layout Standard
19677 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19685 \begin_inset Graphics
19686 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19689 rotateOrigin center
19696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19697 \begin_inset Caption
19699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19700 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19702 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19706 This is a wrapped figure.
19707 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19720 This float type is used if you want to
19721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19728 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19730 It can be inserted using the menu
19732 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19733 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19735 \begin_inset space ~
19740 if the LaTeX-package
19748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19749 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19759 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19762 \begin_inset space ~
19772 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19775 \begin_inset space ~
19779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19781 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19785 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19786 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19794 Available units are explained in Appendix
19795 \begin_inset space ~
19799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19801 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19810 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19814 \begin_layout Standard
19815 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19823 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
19824 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19825 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19826 over some other text.
19834 \begin_layout Itemize
19835 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19836 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19837 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19838 breaks will appear.
19841 \begin_layout Itemize
19842 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19843 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19846 \begin_layout Itemize
19847 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19848 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19851 \begin_layout Itemize
19852 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19855 \begin_layout Subsection
19857 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19859 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19876 \begin_layout Standard
19877 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19878 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19882 \begin_inset space ~
19890 \begin_layout Standard
19891 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
19892 a two-column document).
19893 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19894 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19901 \begin_layout Standard
19902 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19903 format is also the same: Table
19904 \begin_inset space ~
19908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19910 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19914 is an example of a rotated table float.
19917 \begin_layout Standard
19918 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19926 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
19934 \begin_layout Standard
19935 \begin_inset Float table
19940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19941 \begin_inset Caption
19943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19946 name "cap:Rotated-table"
19958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19960 \begin_inset Tabular
19961 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
19963 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19964 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19965 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19966 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20027 \begin_layout Subsection
20029 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20031 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20048 \begin_layout Standard
20049 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20050 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20051 \begin_inset Newline newline
20057 \begin_inset space ~
20062 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20063 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20065 \begin_inset Newline newline
20071 \begin_inset space ~
20076 is used to rotate floats, see section
20077 \begin_inset space ~
20081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20083 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20090 \begin_layout Standard
20091 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20092 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20095 \begin_inset space ~
20099 \begin_inset space ~
20107 \begin_layout Description
20109 \begin_inset space ~
20113 \begin_inset space ~
20116 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20119 \begin_layout Description
20121 \begin_inset space ~
20125 \begin_inset space ~
20128 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20131 \begin_layout Description
20133 \begin_inset space ~
20137 \begin_inset space ~
20140 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20143 \begin_layout Description
20145 \begin_inset space ~
20149 \begin_inset space ~
20152 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20155 \begin_layout Standard
20156 The order of the above option is
20161 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20165 \begin_inset space ~
20169 \begin_inset space ~
20177 \begin_inset space ~
20181 \begin_inset space ~
20186 , and then the others.
20187 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20189 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20190 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20193 \begin_layout Standard
20194 By default, each options has its own rules:
20197 \begin_layout Standard
20201 \begin_inset space ~
20205 \begin_inset space ~
20210 only floats occupying less than 70
20211 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20214 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20217 \begin_layout Standard
20221 \begin_inset space ~
20225 \begin_inset space ~
20230 : only floats occupying less than 30
20231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20234 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20237 \begin_layout Standard
20241 \begin_inset space ~
20245 \begin_inset space ~
20250 : only if more than 50
20251 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20254 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20258 \begin_layout Standard
20259 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20263 \begin_inset space ~
20267 \begin_inset space ~
20275 \begin_layout Standard
20276 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20277 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20278 For this case you can use the option
20281 \begin_inset space ~
20287 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20289 Because the float is then no longer able to
20290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20297 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20300 \begin_layout Standard
20301 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20302 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20305 \begin_layout Standard
20306 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20308 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20310 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20317 \begin_layout Section
20322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20329 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20331 name "sec:Minipages"
20338 \begin_layout Standard
20339 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20341 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20342 \begin_inset space ~
20349 \begin_layout Standard
20350 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20352 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20356 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20357 and its alignment within the page.
20360 \begin_layout Standard
20362 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20371 height_special "totalheight"
20374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20377 This is a minipage.
20378 The text is set in an italic style.
20381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20384 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20385 another formatting.
20393 \begin_layout Standard
20394 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20397 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20401 as described in section
20402 \begin_inset space ~
20406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20408 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20413 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20419 \begin_layout Standard
20420 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20429 height_special "totalheight"
20432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20433 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20434 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20440 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20444 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20453 height_special "totalheight"
20456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20457 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20458 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20466 \begin_layout Standard
20467 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20473 \begin_layout Standard
20474 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20475 to other box types.
20476 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20487 \begin_layout Chapter
20488 Mathematical Formulas
20492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20531 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20533 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20540 \begin_layout Standard
20541 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20546 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20549 \begin_layout Section
20554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20563 \begin_layout Standard
20564 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20565 \begin_inset Graphics
20566 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20571 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20573 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20574 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20575 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20583 \begin_layout Standard
20584 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20588 \begin_inset space ~
20593 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20596 \begin_layout Standard
20597 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20598 line, like this one:
20601 \begin_layout Standard
20602 This is a line with an inline formula
20603 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20609 \begin_layout Standard
20610 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20612 \begin_inset Formula \[
20617 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20620 \begin_layout Standard
20621 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20637 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20638 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20642 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20645 \begin_inset space ~
20653 \begin_layout Subsection
20654 Navigating in Formulas
20658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20667 \begin_layout Standard
20668 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20669 achieved with the arrow keys.
20670 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20671 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20676 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20677 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20681 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20685 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20687 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20695 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20700 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20701 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20704 \begin_layout Standard
20709 , printed in this document as
20710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20731 \begin_inset Note Note
20734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20735 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20736 space character (visible space).
20741 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20742 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20743 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20748 For example, if you want
20749 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20803 , since in the latter case only the
20806 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20811 will be under the square root sign:
20812 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20818 \begin_layout Standard
20819 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20821 \begin_inset Formula \[
20822 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20825 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20829 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20830 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20833 \begin_layout Subsection
20837 \begin_layout Standard
20838 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20839 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20843 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20844 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20845 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20846 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20847 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20850 \begin_layout Subsection
20851 Exponents and Subscripts
20855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20874 \begin_layout Standard
20875 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20876 way is to use a command.
20878 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20881 , type in a formula
20887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20903 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
20909 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
20913 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
20922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20934 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
20936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20943 , you have to use an extra
20947 to separate the hat and the character.
20950 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
20959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20971 Subscripts are similar: To get
20972 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
20981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20995 \begin_layout Subsection
21000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21009 \begin_layout Standard
21010 Create a fraction with either the command
21017 \begin_inset Graphics
21018 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21026 \begin_inset space ~
21032 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21033 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21034 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21039 To move back up, press
21044 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21045 \begin_inset Formula \[
21046 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21048 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21055 \begin_layout Subsection
21060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21069 \begin_layout Standard
21070 Roots can be created using the
21073 \begin_inset space ~
21079 \begin_inset Graphics
21080 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21103 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21109 produces always a square root.
21112 \begin_layout Subsection
21113 Operators with Limits
21117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21136 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21143 \begin_layout Standard
21145 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21149 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21152 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21153 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21154 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21155 The sum operator will automatically place its
21156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21163 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21166 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21170 \begin_inset Formula \[
21171 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21175 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21179 \begin_layout Standard
21180 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21182 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21183 behind the operator and hitting
21189 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21190 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21192 \begin_inset space ~
21196 \begin_inset space ~
21204 \begin_layout Standard
21205 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21213 feature as addition, such as
21217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21224 \begin_inset Formula \[
21225 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21229 which will place the
21230 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21242 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21243 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21249 \begin_layout Standard
21250 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21257 Have a look at section
21258 \begin_inset space ~
21262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21264 reference "sub:Functions"
21268 for an explanation of function macros.
21271 \begin_layout Subsection
21276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21285 \begin_layout Standard
21286 Most math symbols can be found in the
21289 \begin_inset space ~
21294 under one of several categories; including
21311 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21315 \begin_layout Standard
21316 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21317 you don't have to use the
21320 \begin_inset space ~
21325 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21326 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21329 \begin_layout Subsection
21334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21343 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21350 \begin_layout Standard
21351 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21360 \begin_inset space ~
21366 \begin_inset Graphics
21367 filename ../images/math/space.png
21372 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21373 Here a example for the sequence
21378 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21382 \begin_inset Graphics
21383 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21388 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21389 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21390 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21391 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21396 \begin_layout Standard
21406 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21412 \begin_layout Standard
21422 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21428 \begin_layout Subsection
21433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21442 name "sub:Functions"
21449 \begin_layout Standard
21453 \begin_inset space ~
21458 contains under the button
21459 \begin_inset Graphics
21460 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21464 a number of functions, such as
21465 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21469 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21477 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21484 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21485 avoid confusions, because
21486 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21490 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21496 \begin_layout Standard
21497 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21499 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21503 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21509 \begin_layout Standard
21510 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21511 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21512 \begin_inset space ~
21516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21518 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21525 \begin_layout Subsection
21530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21539 \begin_layout Standard
21540 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21542 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21543 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21545 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21548 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21549 Our example is entered by typing
21557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21570 \begin_inset space ~
21574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21576 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21580 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21583 \begin_layout Standard
21584 \begin_inset Float table
21589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21590 \begin_inset Caption
21592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21595 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21599 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21609 \begin_inset Tabular
21610 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21612 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21613 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21614 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21698 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21752 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21806 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21860 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21914 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
21924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21968 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
21978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22022 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22076 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22130 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22175 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22196 \begin_layout Standard
22197 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22200 \begin_inset space ~
22206 \begin_inset Graphics
22207 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22211 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22215 \begin_layout Section
22216 Brackets and Delimiters
22220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22239 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22246 \begin_layout Standard
22247 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22248 For most purposes, using just the keys
22253 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22254 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22257 \begin_inset space ~
22263 \begin_inset Graphics
22264 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22269 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22271 \begin_inset Formula \[
22272 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22274 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22278 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22279 \begin_inset Formula \[
22280 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22287 \begin_layout Standard
22288 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22289 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22292 \begin_layout Standard
22293 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22294 left side and right side.
22295 If you use the option
22298 \begin_inset space ~
22303 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22304 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22305 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22306 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22309 \begin_layout Standard
22310 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22311 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22312 inside the brackets.
22313 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22318 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22321 \begin_layout Standard
22322 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22333 \begin_layout Section
22338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22347 name "sec:Grouping"
22354 \begin_layout Standard
22355 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22356 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22367 \begin_layout Standard
22368 \begin_inset Formula \[
22369 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22376 \begin_layout Standard
22377 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22392 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22393 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22394 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22397 \begin_layout Section
22398 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22423 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22431 \begin_layout Standard
22432 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22435 \begin_inset space ~
22441 \begin_inset Graphics
22442 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22447 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22448 Here is an example:
22449 \begin_inset Formula \[
22450 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22453 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22457 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22458 \begin_inset space ~
22462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22464 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22469 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22470 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22471 This alignment is set in the box
22476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22524 for every column as default.
22525 For example, the sequence
22526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22537 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22538 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22539 corresponds to the relevant column.
22540 The result will look like this:
22541 \begin_inset Formula \[
22543 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22544 column & has & has\, right\\
22545 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22552 \begin_layout Standard
22553 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22557 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22558 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22560 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22566 \begin_layout Standard
22567 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22568 It can be created with the menu
22570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22571 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22573 \begin_inset space ~
22586 \begin_inset Formula \[
22590 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22597 \begin_layout Standard
22598 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22601 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22609 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22618 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22626 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22627 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22628 A new row is created by every further hit of
22636 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22637 Here is an example:
22638 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22639 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22640 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22644 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22645 where you want to start the shift and hit
22650 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22651 position to the next column.
22652 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22653 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22654 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22655 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22662 \begin_layout Standard
22663 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22670 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22671 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22674 reference "eq:asquared"
22679 The other types are described in section
22680 \begin_inset space ~
22684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22686 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22693 \begin_layout Section
22694 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22699 Math ! Formula numbering
22708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22709 Math ! Referencing formulas
22715 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22717 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22724 \begin_layout Standard
22725 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22727 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22728 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22730 \begin_inset space ~
22738 \begin_inset space ~
22744 The formula number appears in LyX as
22745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22752 within parentheses.
22754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22761 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22763 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22764 the document class.
22765 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22766 separated by a dot:
22767 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22768 1+1=2\end{equation}
22775 \begin_inset space ~
22780 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22781 You can only number displayed formulas.
22784 \begin_layout Standard
22785 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22787 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22788 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22790 \begin_inset space ~
22794 \begin_inset space ~
22798 \begin_inset space ~
22806 \begin_inset space ~
22811 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22812 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22814 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22815 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22819 To number all lines use the shortcut
22822 \begin_inset space ~
22830 \begin_layout Standard
22831 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22834 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22835 A label is inserted with the menu
22837 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22840 when the cursor is in the formula.
22841 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22842 It is recommended to use the proposed
22843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22854 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22855 type when you have many labels in your document.
22856 We inserted in the following example the label
22857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22864 in the second line:
22865 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22866 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22867 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22871 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22872 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22882 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22884 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22886 \begin_inset space ~
22892 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22893 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22894 as the formula number:
22897 \begin_layout Standard
22898 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22901 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22908 \begin_layout Standard
22909 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
22910 \begin_inset space ~
22914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22916 reference "sec:Cross-References"
22921 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
22924 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22927 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
22931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22932 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
22940 \begin_layout Section
22941 User defined math macros
22945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22954 name "sec:math-macros"
22961 \begin_layout Standard
22962 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
22963 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
22964 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
22966 \begin_inset Newline newline
22969 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
22970 \begin_inset Formula \[
22971 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
22975 The general form of its solution is:
22976 \begin_inset Formula \[
22977 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
22984 \begin_layout Standard
22985 The macro should print the parameters
22986 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
22990 \begin_inset Formula $p$
22994 \begin_inset Formula $q$
22997 like in the equation above.
23000 \begin_layout Standard
23001 A macro is created by executing the command
23004 \begin_layout Standard
23011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23034 \begin_inset space ~
23038 \begin_inset space ~
23044 \begin_layout Standard
23045 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23046 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23047 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23048 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23052 \begin_layout Standard
23053 We have three arguments and name the macro
23054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23061 , so that the command is:
23064 \begin_layout Standard
23071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23096 \begin_layout Standard
23097 This results in the following macro definition box:
23098 \begin_inset Graphics
23099 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23104 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23105 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23106 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23110 \begin_inset Note Note
23113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23114 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23115 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23123 \begin_layout Standard
23124 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23125 the math panel or commands.
23126 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23127 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23138 for the first argument.
23139 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23140 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23141 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23142 in LyX with its full size.
23143 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23144 In our example we insert the sequence
23145 \begin_inset Newline newline
23173 \begin_inset Newline newline
23178 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23181 \begin_layout Standard
23182 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23197 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23200 \begin_layout Standard
23202 \begin_inset Graphics
23203 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23210 \begin_layout Standard
23211 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23212 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23213 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23214 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23215 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23218 \begin_layout Standard
23219 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23220 to the new definition.
23221 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23222 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23226 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23230 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23234 \begin_inset Formula \[
23242 \begin_layout Standard
23243 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23247 \begin_layout Standard
23261 \begin_inset Newline newline
23268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23294 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23297 \begin_layout Standard
23298 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23299 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23300 definition box in your document.
23301 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23303 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23305 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23310 \begin_layout Section
23314 \begin_layout Subsection
23319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23328 \begin_layout Standard
23329 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23330 To set a font in a formula, use the
23333 \begin_inset space ~
23339 \begin_inset Graphics
23340 filename ../images/math/font.png
23344 , or enter its command, listed in table
23345 \begin_inset space ~
23349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23351 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23358 \begin_layout Standard
23359 \begin_inset Float table
23364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23365 \begin_inset Caption
23367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23368 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23370 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23374 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23384 \begin_inset Tabular
23385 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23387 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23388 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23420 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23447 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23474 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23507 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23534 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23561 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23595 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23622 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23656 \begin_layout Standard
23657 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23665 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23681 \begin_layout Standard
23682 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23683 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23688 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23689 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23690 Here an example where a
23691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23702 denotes the set of numbers:
23703 \begin_inset Formula \[
23704 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23711 \begin_layout Standard
23712 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23723 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23727 \begin_inset Newline newline
23730 So better don't use this feature.
23733 \begin_layout Standard
23734 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23735 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23739 \begin_inset Newline newline
23742 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23748 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23749 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23755 \begin_layout Standard
23762 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23765 \begin_layout Standard
23766 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23768 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23769 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23771 \begin_inset space ~
23779 \begin_layout Subsection
23784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23793 \begin_layout Standard
23794 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23796 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23800 \begin_inset space ~
23804 \begin_inset space ~
23812 \begin_inset space ~
23818 \begin_inset Graphics
23819 filename ../images/math/font.png
23823 (alternatively the shortcut
23826 \begin_inset space ~
23832 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23833 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23834 Here is an example:
23835 \begin_inset Formula \[
23837 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23838 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23845 \begin_layout Subsection
23850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23859 \begin_layout Standard
23860 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23861 automatically chosen in most situations.
23879 For most characters,
23887 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23888 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23893 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23894 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23895 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23896 \begin_inset Graphics
23897 filename ../images/math/style.png
23902 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23903 For example, you can set
23904 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23907 , which is normally in
23916 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23920 The four styles are used in the following example:
23923 \begin_layout Standard
23924 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23928 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23932 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23936 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23942 \begin_layout Standard
23943 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23944 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23946 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23948 \begin_inset space ~
23953 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23954 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23955 will be adjusted to correspond.
23956 As example a formula in the font size
23957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23967 \begin_layout Standard
23971 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23977 \begin_layout Section
23981 \begin_layout Standard
23982 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23983 the document classes and into layout modules.
23987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23993 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23994 other than the AMS classes.
23996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23998 reference "sub:Modules"
24002 for more on layout modules.
24005 \begin_layout Section
24010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24029 \begin_layout Standard
24030 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24031 (AMS) that are in common use.
24034 \begin_layout Subsection
24035 Enabling AMS-Support
24038 \begin_layout Standard
24039 Selecting the checkbox
24042 \begin_inset space ~
24046 \begin_inset space ~
24050 \begin_inset space ~
24057 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24065 Document ! Settings
24073 \begin_inset space ~
24078 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24080 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24081 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24084 \begin_layout Subsection
24086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24088 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24097 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24105 \begin_layout Standard
24106 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24107 LyX allows you to choose between
24128 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24131 \begin_layout Chapter
24135 \begin_layout Section
24140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24147 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24149 name "sec:Cross-References"
24156 \begin_layout Standard
24157 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24158 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24160 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24161 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24162 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24165 \begin_layout Enumerate
24169 \begin_layout Enumerate
24170 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24172 name "enu:Second-item"
24179 \begin_layout Enumerate
24183 \begin_layout Standard
24184 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24186 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24189 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24190 \begin_inset Graphics
24191 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24197 A grey label box like this:
24198 \begin_inset Graphics
24199 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24204 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24205 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24240 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24241 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24256 \begin_layout Standard
24257 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24259 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24262 or the toolbar button
24263 \begin_inset Graphics
24264 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24270 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24271 \begin_inset Graphics
24272 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24277 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24279 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24292 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24294 Here is our cross-reference:
24297 \begin_layout Standard
24299 \begin_inset space ~
24303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24305 reference "enu:Second-item"
24312 \begin_layout Standard
24313 It is recommended to use a protected space
24317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24318 described in section
24319 \begin_inset space ~
24323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24325 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24334 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
24338 \begin_layout Standard
24339 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24342 \begin_layout Description
24343 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24346 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24353 \begin_layout Description
24354 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24355 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24367 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24374 \begin_layout Description
24375 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24376 \begin_inset space ~
24380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24381 LatexCommand pageref
24382 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24389 \begin_layout Description
24391 \begin_inset space ~
24395 \begin_inset space ~
24398 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24400 LatexCommand vpageref
24401 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24408 \begin_layout Description
24410 \begin_inset space ~
24414 \begin_inset space ~
24418 \begin_inset space ~
24421 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24425 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24432 \begin_layout Description
24434 \begin_inset space ~
24437 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24438 \begin_inset Newline newline
24442 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24450 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24457 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24472 \begin_layout Standard
24473 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24474 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24480 \begin_inset space ~
24484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24498 \begin_layout Standard
24499 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24500 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24501 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24505 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24509 \begin_layout Standard
24510 You can only use the style
24514 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24518 is always possible.
24521 \begin_layout Standard
24522 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24523 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24524 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24525 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24526 \begin_inset space ~
24530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24532 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24539 \begin_layout Standard
24543 \begin_inset space ~
24547 \begin_inset space ~
24552 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24553 The button text changes then to
24556 \begin_inset space ~
24561 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24562 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24563 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24567 \begin_layout Standard
24568 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24569 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24570 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24573 \begin_layout Standard
24574 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24575 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24578 \begin_layout Standard
24579 References are described in detail in the
24586 \begin_layout Section
24587 Table of Contents and other Listings
24591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24608 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24617 \begin_layout Subsection
24618 Table of Contents and Outline
24619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24621 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24628 \begin_layout Standard
24629 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24631 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24632 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24634 \begin_inset space ~
24638 \begin_inset space ~
24644 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24645 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
24646 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
24647 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
24654 \begin_layout Standard
24655 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
24656 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24658 \begin_inset space ~
24662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24664 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24668 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24670 \begin_inset space ~
24674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24676 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24680 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24682 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
24683 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
24684 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24687 \begin_layout Standard
24688 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
24690 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
24692 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24698 \begin_layout Subsection
24699 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
24700 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24709 \begin_layout Standard
24710 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24711 You can insert them via the
24713 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24715 \begin_inset space ~
24719 \begin_inset space ~
24725 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24728 \begin_layout Section
24729 URLs and Hyperlinks
24733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24750 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24759 \begin_layout Subsection
24763 \begin_layout Standard
24764 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24766 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24772 \begin_layout Standard
24773 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24774 \begin_inset Flex URL
24777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24787 \begin_layout Standard
24788 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24794 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24798 \begin_layout Standard
24799 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24807 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24815 \begin_layout Subsection
24819 \begin_layout Standard
24820 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24822 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24825 or with the toolbar button
24826 \begin_inset Graphics
24827 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24828 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24833 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24842 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24843 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24844 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24846 name "LyX's homepage"
24847 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24851 , an Email address like this:
24852 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24854 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24855 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24860 , or a link to a file.
24863 \begin_layout Standard
24864 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24877 to the link target.
24880 \begin_layout Standard
24881 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24882 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24883 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24884 the text style dialog.
24885 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24889 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24891 name "LyX's homepage"
24892 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24899 \begin_layout Standard
24900 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24904 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24906 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24907 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24911 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24913 \begin_inset Newline newline
24921 \begin_inset Newline newline
24928 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24931 \begin_layout Section
24936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24945 name "sec:Appendices"
24952 \begin_layout Standard
24953 Appendices are created with the menu
24955 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24957 \begin_inset space ~
24961 \begin_inset space ~
24967 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24968 as appendix region.
24969 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24972 \begin_layout Standard
24973 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24974 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24975 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24976 and the subsection number.
24977 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24981 \begin_layout Standard
24983 \begin_inset space ~
24987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24989 reference "cha:Credits"
24994 \begin_inset space ~
24998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25000 reference "sub:Export"
25007 \begin_layout Section
25012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25019 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25021 name "sec:Bibliography"
25028 \begin_layout Standard
25029 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25030 You can include a bibliography database
25034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25035 Known under the name
25036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25048 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25050 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25054 , described in section
25055 \begin_inset space ~
25059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25061 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25068 \begin_layout Standard
25073 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25075 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25084 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25086 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25095 , a short form of its title, as key.
25098 \begin_layout Standard
25099 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25101 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25104 or the toobar button
25105 \begin_inset Graphics
25106 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25107 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25112 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25113 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25114 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25115 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25119 \begin_layout Standard
25120 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25121 with surrounding brackets.
25126 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25127 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25139 \begin_layout Standard
25142 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25145 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25147 key "latexcompanion"
25154 \begin_layout Standard
25155 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25156 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25165 \begin_layout Subsection
25166 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25171 Bibliography ! Databases
25180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25181 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25187 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25189 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25196 \begin_layout Standard
25197 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25199 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25201 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25202 your working field in a database.
25203 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25204 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25207 \begin_layout Standard
25208 The database is a text file with the file extension
25209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25220 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25221 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25222 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25224 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25229 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25231 \begin_inset Newline newline
25235 \begin_inset Flex URL
25238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25240 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25246 \begin_inset Newline newline
25249 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25252 \begin_layout Standard
25253 To use a database, use the menu
25255 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25260 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25273 \begin_inset space ~
25279 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25280 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25283 \begin_layout Standard
25284 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25296 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25297 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25298 take care of the layout.
25301 \begin_layout Standard
25302 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25305 \begin_layout Standard
25306 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25312 \begin_layout Standard
25313 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25315 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25349 \begin_inset space ~
25355 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25363 \begin_layout Standard
25364 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25370 \begin_layout Standard
25371 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25372 the two methods of creating them.
25373 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25374 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25375 We used the style file
25379 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25382 \begin_layout Subsection
25383 Bibliography layout
25387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25388 Bibliography ! Layout
25396 \begin_layout Standard
25397 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25398 For this feature you need to use the option
25404 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25412 Document ! Settings
25422 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25423 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25424 in the previous section.
25427 \begin_layout Standard
25428 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25429 in the citation reference window.
25430 Here an example where we set the text
25431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25435 \begin_inset space ~
25439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25442 to appear after the reference:
25445 \begin_layout Standard
25447 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25450 key "latexcompanion"
25457 \begin_layout Section
25462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25469 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25478 \begin_layout Standard
25479 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25481 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25483 \begin_inset space ~
25488 or the toolbar button
25489 \begin_inset Graphics
25490 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25491 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25508 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25509 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25510 by LyX as index entry.
25513 \begin_layout Standard
25514 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25515 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25517 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25519 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25526 \begin_layout Standard
25527 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25530 \begin_layout Standard
25531 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25533 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25535 \begin_inset space ~
25539 \begin_inset space ~
25542 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25544 \begin_inset space ~
25550 A light blue box labeled
25551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25562 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25563 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25566 \begin_layout Subsection
25567 Grouping Index Entries
25571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25580 \begin_layout Standard
25581 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25583 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25584 lists under the entry
25585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25593 First we create the entry
25594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25602 \begin_inset space ~
25606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25608 reference "sub:Lists"
25613 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25614 \begin_inset space ~
25618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25620 reference "sec:Itemize"
25624 , we insert the command
25627 \begin_layout Standard
25633 \begin_layout Standard
25637 \begin_layout Standard
25643 \begin_layout Standard
25644 for the enumerated list in section
25645 \begin_inset space ~
25649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25651 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25658 \begin_layout Standard
25659 The exclamation mark
25660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25667 marks the grouping levels.
25668 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25669 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25670 If we don't have an index entry for
25671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25678 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25681 \begin_layout Subsection
25686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25687 Index ! Page ranges
25695 \begin_layout Standard
25696 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25698 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25699 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25701 \begin_inset space ~
25705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25707 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25714 \begin_layout Standard
25717 Paragraph environments|(
25720 \begin_layout Standard
25721 and another entry at the end of section
25722 \begin_inset space ~
25726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25728 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25735 \begin_layout Standard
25738 Paragraph environments|)
25741 \begin_layout Standard
25743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25766 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25767 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25768 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25769 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25770 An example is the index entry
25771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25774 Document ! Settings
25775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25781 \begin_layout Subsection
25786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25787 Index ! Cross referencing
25795 \begin_layout Standard
25796 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25797 We referred for example in the index entry
25798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25806 \begin_inset space ~
25810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25812 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25816 ) to the index entry
25817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25824 in the same section using the entry
25827 \begin_layout Standard
25830 GIF|see{Image formats}
25833 \begin_layout Standard
25834 Where the braces have to be inserted as ERT.
25835 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25836 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25839 \begin_layout Subsection
25844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25845 Index ! Entry order
25853 \begin_layout Standard
25854 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25855 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25856 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25861 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25863 \begin_inset space ~
25867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25869 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25878 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25879 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25908 Dummy entries ! maïs
25917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25918 Dummy entries ! maître
25927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25928 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25933 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25934 order maïs, maison, maître.
25935 To achieve this, we use the command
25938 \begin_layout Standard
25941 previous entry@current entry
25944 \begin_layout Standard
25945 In our case we want to have
25946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25961 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25964 \begin_layout Standard
25970 \begin_layout Standard
25971 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25972 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25976 \begin_layout Subsection
25981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25982 Index ! Entry layout
25990 \begin_layout Standard
25991 You can change the appearance of insert entries via the textstyle dialog.
25995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25998 This is an italic dummy entry
26003 You can also format the page number using the character
26004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26011 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26012 We can write for example
26015 \begin_layout Standard
26018 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26021 \begin_layout Standard
26022 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
26026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26027 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26032 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26050 \begin_inset space ~
26056 Have a look at section
26057 \begin_inset space ~
26061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26063 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26067 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26070 \begin_layout Standard
26071 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26073 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26074 for all index entries.
26077 \begin_layout Subsection
26082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26091 name "sub:Index-Program"
26098 \begin_layout Standard
26099 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
26104 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
26106 \begin_inset space ~
26110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26112 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26117 The available options are listed and explained in
26118 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26127 \begin_layout Standard
26128 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
26134 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26143 \begin_layout Section
26144 Nomenclature / Glossary
26148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26187 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26189 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26196 \begin_layout Standard
26197 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26198 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26202 \begin_layout Standard
26203 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26210 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26218 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26219 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26225 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26228 \begin_layout Standard
26229 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26230 and then use the menu
26232 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26238 \begin_inset space ~
26243 or the toobar button
26244 \begin_inset Graphics
26245 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26246 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26263 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26266 \begin_layout Standard
26267 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26268 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26269 The second is the description of the symbol.
26272 \begin_layout Standard
26273 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26281 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
26282 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26290 \begin_layout Subsection
26291 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26296 Nomenclature ! Layout
26304 \begin_layout Standard
26305 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26309 field as LaTeX-formula.
26311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26315 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26323 \begin_inset Newline newline
26331 \begin_inset Newline newline
26337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26344 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26345 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26357 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26367 \begin_layout Standard
26368 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26369 \begin_inset space ~
26373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26375 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26382 \begin_layout Standard
26386 \begin_inset space ~
26391 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26392 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26397 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26404 in this document is:
26405 \begin_inset Newline newline
26410 dummy entry for the character
26415 \begin_inset Newline newline
26427 \begin_inset space ~
26437 font use the command
26466 \begin_layout Subsection
26467 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26472 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26480 \begin_layout Standard
26481 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26482 the symbol definition.
26483 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26484 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26487 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26488 LatexCommand nomenclature
26490 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26497 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26501 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26502 LatexCommand nomenclature
26505 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26510 They will be sorted by
26511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26537 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26540 will be sorted before the
26544 since the character
26545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26552 is considered in sorting.
26555 \begin_layout Standard
26556 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26559 \begin_inset space ~
26564 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26565 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26567 For the given example, you can insert
26571 to this field for the
26572 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26579 will be located before
26580 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26586 \begin_layout Standard
26587 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26592 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26601 \begin_layout Subsection
26602 Nomenclature Options
26606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26607 Nomenclature ! Options
26615 \begin_layout Standard
26620 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26621 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26624 \begin_layout Description
26625 refeq Appends the phrase
26626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26641 to every nomenclature entry, where
26647 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26650 \begin_layout Description
26651 refpage Appends the phrase
26652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26667 to every nomenclature entry, where
26673 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26676 \begin_layout Description
26677 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26680 \begin_layout Standard
26681 There are furthermore the options
26725 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26729 \begin_layout Standard
26730 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26731 class options list in the
26733 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26737 In this document the options
26748 \begin_layout Standard
26749 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26755 \begin_layout Standard
26756 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26757 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26762 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26765 \begin_layout Description
26775 \begin_layout Description
26778 nomrefpage Like the
26785 \begin_layout Description
26788 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26797 \begin_layout Description
26801 \begin_inset space ~
26807 \begin_inset space ~
26812 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26815 \begin_layout Subsection
26816 Printing the Nomenclature
26820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26821 Nomenclature ! Printing
26829 \begin_layout Standard
26830 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26832 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26834 \begin_inset space ~
26838 \begin_inset space ~
26841 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26845 A light blue box labeled
26846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26857 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26858 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26861 \begin_layout Standard
26862 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26871 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26879 For example, in order to change the name to
26883 , add the following line to the preamble:
26886 \begin_layout Standard
26894 nomname}{List of Symbols}
26897 \begin_layout Standard
26898 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26904 \begin_layout Standard
26905 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
26906 by adding the following line to the preamble:
26909 \begin_layout Standard
26917 nomlabelwidth}{width}
26920 \begin_layout Standard
26923 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
26924 \begin_inset space ~
26928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26930 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
26935 The default value is 1
26936 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26942 \begin_layout Section
26947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26958 Document ! Branches
26964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26966 name "sec:Branches"
26973 \begin_layout Standard
26974 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
26975 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
26976 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
26977 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
26980 \begin_layout Standard
26981 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
26982 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
26983 To create a branch, go in the
26985 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26993 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
26994 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
26997 \begin_layout Standard
26998 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
26999 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27001 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27004 where you can choose a branch.
27005 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27008 \begin_layout Standard
27009 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27010 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27013 \begin_layout Standard
27014 \begin_inset Branch Question
27017 \begin_layout Standard
27018 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27026 \begin_layout Standard
27027 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27030 \begin_layout Standard
27031 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27039 \begin_layout Standard
27040 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27046 \begin_layout Standard
27047 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27048 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27050 For example you can define for the question branch
27054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27055 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27056 \begin_inset space ~
27060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27062 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27074 \begin_layout Standard
27084 \begin_layout Standard
27094 \begin_layout Standard
27095 and for the answer branch
27098 \begin_layout Standard
27108 \begin_layout Standard
27118 \begin_layout Standard
27119 \begin_inset Branch Question
27122 \begin_layout Standard
27126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27154 \begin_layout Standard
27155 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27158 \begin_layout Standard
27162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27190 \begin_layout Standard
27191 Now it is possible to use the commands
27195 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27202 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27205 to obtain conditional output.
27206 Here is an example formula where only the
27213 \begin_inset Formula \[
27214 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question {x_{1}}\answer {x_{2}}=1\question {+\sqrt{3}}\answer {-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27221 \begin_layout Standard
27222 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27223 \begin_inset space ~
27227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27229 reference "sec:math-macros"
27236 \begin_layout Section
27237 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
27238 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27247 \begin_layout Subsection
27252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27261 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
27268 \begin_layout Standard
27269 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27270 constructs, but not all.
27271 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27272 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
27273 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
27274 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27275 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
27276 and their commands.
27279 \begin_layout Standard
27280 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27290 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
27291 An ERT box is created by the menu
27293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27296 or by the toolbar button
27297 \begin_inset Graphics
27298 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27303 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
27316 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
27317 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
27328 \begin_layout Standard
27329 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
27330 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27331 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27338 , you can write the command part
27344 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
27348 in a second ERT box behind the word.
27349 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
27353 \begin_layout Standard
27354 \begin_inset Graphics
27355 filename clipart/ERT.png
27363 \begin_layout Standard
27367 \begin_layout Standard
27368 This is a line with a
27372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27395 \begin_layout Standard
27396 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27404 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27405 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27413 \begin_layout Subsection
27414 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27415 \begin_inset OptArg
27418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27437 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27444 \begin_layout Standard
27445 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27446 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27447 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27456 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27457 every time if you know the right commands.
27459 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27460 the end of the day.
27461 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27462 all caption labels bold.
27463 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27465 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27468 \begin_layout Standard
27469 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27470 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27471 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27473 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27482 \begin_layout Standard
27483 As result you know that the package
27491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27492 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27498 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27500 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27506 \begin_layout Standard
27511 usepackage[options]{package name}
27514 \begin_layout Standard
27515 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27516 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27517 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27520 \begin_layout Standard
27521 In your case the package name is
27526 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27531 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27532 So you add the command
27535 \begin_layout Standard
27540 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27543 \begin_layout Standard
27544 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27549 For more commands provided by the
27553 package, have a look at its documentation,
27554 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27568 \begin_layout Standard
27569 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27571 For example if you use a
27575 class, you don't need the package
27579 , you can instead write
27582 \begin_layout Standard
27587 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27592 \begin_layout Standard
27593 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27594 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27595 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27602 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27605 \begin_layout Standard
27606 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27607 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27609 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
27613 \begin_layout Standard
27614 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27616 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27618 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27626 \begin_layout Section
27627 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27638 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27640 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27657 \begin_layout Standard
27658 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27659 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27660 to break your train of thought with
27662 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27668 \begin_layout Standard
27669 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27670 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27677 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27684 as explained below, and turn on
27687 \begin_inset space ~
27694 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27700 \begin_inset space ~
27704 \begin_inset space ~
27707 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27713 \begin_layout Standard
27714 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
27716 Previews of an already loaded document are
27720 generated just by selecting the
27723 \begin_inset space ~
27728 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
27731 \begin_layout Standard
27732 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
27733 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
27736 \begin_inset space ~
27741 check box in the insert dialog.
27742 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
27746 \begin_layout Standard
27747 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
27751 (on some systems named simply
27756 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27758 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27764 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27765 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
27773 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
27777 \begin_layout Standard
27778 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27784 \begin_layout Standard
27785 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
27789 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27791 \begin_inset space ~
27796 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
27797 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
27799 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
27800 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
27801 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
27802 the source view window.
27805 \begin_layout Section
27807 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27809 name "sec:Spellchecking"
27817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27826 \begin_layout Standard
27827 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
27828 Rather it uses one of the external programs
27845 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
27851 can be seen as successor of
27855 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
27860 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
27861 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
27869 \begin_layout Standard
27870 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
27871 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
27878 \begin_layout Standard
27881 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27884 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
27885 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
27886 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
27887 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
27888 scrolled so that it is visible.
27893 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
27895 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
27899 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
27900 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
27903 \begin_layout Standard
27904 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
27907 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27911 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
27912 will bring an error message.
27913 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
27914 specifying a different
27916 Alternative language
27918 in preferences dialog.
27921 \begin_layout Standard
27922 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
27925 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27929 \begin_layout Standard
27930 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
27931 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
27933 But you can use the
27936 \begin_inset space ~
27940 \begin_inset space ~
27948 \begin_layout Standard
27949 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
27950 This does work with
27954 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
27957 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27961 \begin_layout Standard
27966 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
27969 \begin_layout Description
27971 \begin_inset space ~
27974 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
27975 should consider, e.g.
27976 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
27977 This should not normally be needed.
27980 \begin_layout Description
27982 \begin_inset space ~
27985 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
27986 as your personal dictionary
27989 \begin_layout Description
27991 \begin_inset space ~
27995 \begin_inset space ~
27998 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28010 \begin_layout Description
28012 \begin_inset space ~
28016 \begin_inset space ~
28019 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28021 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28028 also for the spellchecker.
28032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28033 The encodings are explained in section
28034 \begin_inset space ~
28038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28040 reference "sub:Settings"
28049 Only enable this if you use
28053 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28054 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28055 so this is disabled by default.
28058 \begin_layout Section
28063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28072 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28079 \begin_layout Standard
28080 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28083 \begin_layout Standard
28084 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28087 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28090 or the toolbar button
28091 \begin_inset Graphics
28092 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28093 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28094 rotateOrigin center
28099 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28103 \begin_layout Standard
28104 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28105 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28106 cases to find related words.
28109 \begin_layout Standard
28110 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28112 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28120 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28129 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28148 \begin_layout Section
28153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28164 Document ! Change Tracking
28170 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28172 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28179 \begin_layout Standard
28180 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28181 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28182 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28183 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28185 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28187 \begin_inset space ~
28190 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28192 \begin_inset space ~
28200 \begin_layout Standard
28201 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28210 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28213 \begin_inset space ~
28217 \begin_inset space ~
28230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28239 \begin_layout Standard
28240 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28253 \begin_layout Standard
28254 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28260 \begin_layout Standard
28261 \begin_inset Graphics
28262 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28269 \begin_layout Standard
28270 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28276 \begin_layout Standard
28277 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28281 \begin_layout Standard
28282 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28288 \begin_layout Standard
28289 \begin_inset Tabular
28290 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28291 <features islongtable="true">
28292 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28293 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28294 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28299 \begin_inset Graphics
28300 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28301 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28302 rotateOrigin center
28311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28317 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28319 \begin_inset space ~
28322 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28324 \begin_inset space ~
28333 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28338 \begin_inset Graphics
28339 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28340 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28341 rotateOrigin center
28350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28356 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28358 \begin_inset space ~
28361 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28363 \begin_inset space ~
28367 \begin_inset space ~
28371 \begin_inset space ~
28380 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28385 \begin_inset Graphics
28386 filename ../images/change-next.png
28387 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28388 rotateOrigin center
28397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28401 Jumps to the next change
28407 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28412 \begin_inset Graphics
28413 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28414 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28415 rotateOrigin center
28424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28430 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28432 \begin_inset space ~
28435 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28437 \begin_inset space ~
28446 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28451 \begin_inset Graphics
28452 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28453 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28454 rotateOrigin center
28463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28469 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28471 \begin_inset space ~
28474 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28476 \begin_inset space ~
28485 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28490 \begin_inset Graphics
28491 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28493 rotateOrigin center
28502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28508 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28510 \begin_inset space ~
28513 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28515 \begin_inset space ~
28524 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28529 \begin_inset Graphics
28530 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28532 rotateOrigin center
28541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28547 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28549 \begin_inset space ~
28552 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28554 \begin_inset space ~
28558 \begin_inset space ~
28567 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28572 \begin_inset Graphics
28573 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28574 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28575 rotateOrigin center
28584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28590 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28592 \begin_inset space ~
28595 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28597 \begin_inset space ~
28601 \begin_inset space ~
28610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28615 \begin_inset Graphics
28616 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28617 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28618 rotateOrigin center
28627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28633 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28634 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28636 \begin_inset space ~
28645 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28650 \begin_inset Graphics
28651 filename ../images/note-next.png
28652 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28653 rotateOrigin center
28662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28668 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28670 \begin_inset space ~
28686 \begin_layout Standard
28687 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28693 \begin_layout Standard
28694 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
28695 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
28696 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
28697 the next change behind the current cursor position.
28698 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
28699 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
28700 step to the next change.
28701 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
28704 \begin_layout Standard
28705 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
28706 to describe a change.
28709 \begin_layout Standard
28710 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
28716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28717 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
28725 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28726 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28732 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28735 \begin_layout Section
28736 International Support
28740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28741 International support
28749 \begin_layout Standard
28750 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
28751 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
28752 how to set up LyX to use them:
28753 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28755 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
28762 \begin_layout Standard
28763 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
28764 \begin_inset space ~
28768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28770 reference "sub:Special-Character"
28777 \begin_layout Subsection
28782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28793 Document ! Settings
28802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28803 Document ! Language
28811 \begin_layout Standard
28814 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28817 dialog lets you set
28819 the language and character encoding for your language.
28823 \begin_layout Standard
28824 Choose your language in the
28828 section of this dialog.
28836 \begin_layout Standard
28841 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
28845 use language's default encoding
28847 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
28848 For details abhout the different encoding options see section
28849 \begin_inset space ~
28853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28855 reference "sub:Settings"
28862 \begin_layout Subsection
28863 Keyboard mapping configuration
28866 \begin_layout Standard
28867 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
28868 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
28869 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
28870 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
28871 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
28873 \begin_inset space ~
28877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28879 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
28884 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
28885 which one you want to use.
28888 \begin_layout Standard
28889 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
28890 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
28891 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
28892 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
28893 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
28894 one to support the characters you want.
28895 This and much more customizations are explained in the
28902 \begin_layout Subsection
28904 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28913 \begin_layout Standard
28915 \begin_inset space ~
28919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28921 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
28930 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
28934 \begin_layout Standard
28935 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
28936 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
28944 \begin_layout Itemize
28945 Even if you have selected
28951 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28954 dialog, users who have only the
28958 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
28962 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
28963 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
28964 french quotes won't show up.
28967 \begin_layout Standard
28968 \begin_inset Float table
28973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28974 \begin_inset Caption
28976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28977 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28979 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
28995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28997 \begin_inset Tabular
28998 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29000 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29001 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29002 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29003 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29004 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29005 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29006 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29007 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29008 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29009 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29010 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29013 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29014 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29015 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29016 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33429 \begin_layout Standard
33430 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33432 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33433 also the characters from
33445 \begin_layout Itemize
33454 \begin_layout Standard
33455 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33456 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33462 \begin_layout Standard
33463 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33464 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33470 \begin_layout Standard
33471 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33472 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33478 \begin_layout Standard
33479 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33480 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33486 \begin_layout Standard
33488 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33494 \begin_layout Standard
33496 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33502 \begin_layout Standard
33504 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33511 \begin_layout Itemize
33524 \begin_layout Standard
33526 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33532 \begin_layout Standard
33534 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33540 \begin_layout Standard
33542 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33548 \begin_layout Standard
33550 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33556 \begin_layout Standard
33558 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33564 \begin_layout Standard
33566 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33573 \begin_layout Standard
33574 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33575 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33576 Also make sure you're using the
33583 \begin_layout Chapter
33586 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33588 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33595 \begin_layout Standard
33596 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33597 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33598 inside the user's guide.
33601 \begin_layout Section
33606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33615 \begin_layout Standard
33620 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33621 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33624 \begin_layout Subsection
33628 \begin_layout Standard
33629 Creates a new document.
33632 \begin_layout Subsection
33636 \begin_layout Standard
33637 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33638 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33639 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33642 \begin_layout Subsection
33646 \begin_layout Standard
33650 \begin_layout Subsection
33654 \begin_layout Standard
33655 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33656 Click there on a file to open it.
33659 \begin_layout Subsection
33663 \begin_layout Standard
33664 Closes the current document.
33667 \begin_layout Subsection
33671 \begin_layout Standard
33672 Saves the actual document.
33675 \begin_layout Subsection
33679 \begin_layout Standard
33680 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33683 \begin_layout Subsection
33687 \begin_layout Standard
33688 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33691 \begin_layout Subsection
33695 \begin_layout Standard
33696 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
33697 It is described in the section
33699 Version Control in LyX
33704 \begin_inset space ~
33712 \begin_layout Subsection
33716 \begin_layout Standard
33717 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
33718 text files (ASCII-files).
33719 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
33722 \begin_layout Standard
33723 When using the menu
33726 \begin_inset space ~
33730 \begin_inset space ~
33735 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
33736 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
33737 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
33738 will start a new paragraph.
33741 \begin_layout Subsection
33743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33752 \begin_layout Standard
33753 You can export your document to various file formats.
33754 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
33755 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
33756 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
33759 \begin_layout Standard
33760 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
33762 \begin_inset space ~
33766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33768 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
33775 \begin_layout Description
33779 \begin_inset space ~
33784 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
33785 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
33788 \begin_layout Description
33796 \begin_layout Description
33797 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
33801 \begin_layout Description
33803 \begin_inset space ~
33807 \begin_inset space ~
33810 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
33814 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
33822 \begin_layout Description
33829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33837 \begin_inset space ~
33842 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
33843 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
33847 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
33850 \begin_layout Description
33857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33865 \begin_inset space ~
33870 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
33871 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
33879 \begin_layout Description
33881 \begin_inset space ~
33884 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
33885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33892 is replaced by the version number)
33895 \begin_layout Description
33896 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
33909 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
33913 \begin_layout Description
33918 PDF-format using the program
33923 \begin_layout Description
33927 \begin_inset space ~
33932 PDF-format using the program
33937 \begin_layout Description
33941 \begin_inset space ~
33946 PDF-format using the program
33951 \begin_layout Description
33955 \begin_inset space ~
33963 \begin_layout Description
33967 \begin_inset space ~
33971 \begin_inset space ~
33976 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
33977 and then exported as text using the program
33982 \begin_layout Description
33987 PostScript format using the program
33992 \begin_layout Description
34000 \begin_layout Standard
34005 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
34006 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34012 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
34015 \begin_layout Standard
34016 If one of the menu entries
34023 \begin_inset space ~
34032 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34033 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34034 \begin_inset space ~
34038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34040 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34049 Reconfiguration of LyX
34057 \begin_layout Standard
34062 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34063 the export program.
34066 \begin_layout Subsection
34070 \begin_layout Standard
34071 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34072 or send it to a printer.
34073 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34074 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34080 For more informations have a look at section
34081 \begin_inset space ~
34085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34087 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34094 \begin_layout Subsection
34095 New and Close Window
34098 \begin_layout Standard
34099 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34100 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34103 \begin_layout Section
34108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34117 \begin_layout Subsection
34121 \begin_layout Standard
34122 Described in section
34123 \begin_inset space ~
34127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34129 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34136 \begin_layout Subsection
34137 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34140 \begin_layout Standard
34141 Described in section
34142 \begin_inset space ~
34146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34148 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34155 \begin_layout Subsection
34159 \begin_layout Standard
34160 Selects the whole document.
34163 \begin_layout Subsection
34167 \begin_layout Standard
34168 Described in section
34169 \begin_inset space ~
34173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34175 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34182 \begin_layout Subsection
34183 Move paragraph Up/Down
34186 \begin_layout Standard
34187 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34191 \begin_layout Subsection
34195 \begin_layout Standard
34196 Described in section
34197 \begin_inset space ~
34201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34203 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34210 \begin_layout Subsection
34215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34216 Paragraph ! Settings
34224 \begin_layout Standard
34225 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34227 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34230 \begin_layout Standard
34231 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34232 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34235 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34241 \begin_inset space ~
34249 \begin_layout Subsection
34253 \begin_layout Standard
34254 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34255 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34256 The properties of tables are described in section
34257 \begin_inset space ~
34261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34263 reference "sec:Tables"
34267 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34268 \begin_inset space ~
34272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34274 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34281 \begin_layout Subsection
34282 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34285 \begin_layout Standard
34286 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34288 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34289 \begin_inset space ~
34293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34295 reference "sec:Nesting"
34300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34302 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34309 \begin_layout Section
34314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34323 \begin_layout Standard
34328 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34329 document with an external program.
34330 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34331 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34332 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34333 \begin_inset space ~
34337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34339 reference "sub:Export"
34344 You should at least see the menu entries
34351 \begin_inset space ~
34357 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34358 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34359 \begin_inset space ~
34363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34365 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34374 Reconfiguration of LyX
34382 \begin_layout Standard
34383 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34384 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34385 \begin_inset space ~
34389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34391 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34396 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34399 \begin_layout Standard
34400 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34403 At the bottom of the
34407 menu the opened documents are listed.
34410 \begin_layout Subsection
34414 \begin_layout Standard
34415 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34417 \begin_inset space ~
34421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34423 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34430 \begin_layout Subsection
34434 \begin_layout Standard
34435 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34436 opening a new view window.
34439 \begin_layout Subsection
34441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34443 name "sub:Toolbars"
34451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34460 \begin_layout Standard
34461 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34462 All toolbars and the
34465 \begin_inset space ~
34470 can be turned on and off.
34475 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34487 \begin_inset space ~
34496 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34500 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34507 \begin_layout Standard
34512 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34516 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34517 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34518 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34519 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34520 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34523 \begin_layout Standard
34524 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34525 \begin_inset space ~
34529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34531 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34538 \begin_layout Section
34543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34552 \begin_layout Subsection
34556 \begin_layout Standard
34557 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34558 \begin_inset space ~
34562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34564 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34571 \begin_layout Subsection
34573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34575 name "sub:Special-Character"
34582 \begin_layout Standard
34583 Here you can insert the following characters:
34586 \begin_layout Description
34587 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
34591 \begin_layout Description
34593 \begin_inset space ~
34597 \begin_inset space ~
34600 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
34601 \begin_inset space ~
34605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34607 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
34614 \begin_layout Description
34616 \begin_inset space ~
34619 Quote Inserts this quote:
34620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34623 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
34625 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34635 \begin_layout Description
34637 \begin_inset space ~
34640 Quote Inserts this quote:
34641 \begin_inset Quotes els
34647 \begin_layout Description
34649 \begin_inset space ~
34652 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
34656 \begin_layout Description
34658 \begin_inset space ~
34665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34676 Language ! Phonetic symbols
34681 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
34682 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
34683 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
34691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34692 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
34698 \begin_inset Newline newline
34701 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
34705 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34713 and this Wiki-page:
34714 \begin_inset Newline newline
34718 \begin_inset Flex URL
34721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34723 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
34731 \begin_layout Subsection
34735 \begin_layout Standard
34736 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
34739 \begin_layout Description
34740 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
34741 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
34747 \begin_layout Description
34748 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
34749 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
34755 \begin_layout Description
34757 \begin_inset space ~
34760 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
34761 \begin_inset space ~
34765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34767 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
34774 \begin_layout Description
34776 \begin_inset space ~
34779 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
34780 \begin_inset space ~
34784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34786 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
34793 \begin_layout Description
34795 \begin_inset space ~
34798 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
34799 \begin_inset space ~
34803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34805 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
34812 \begin_layout Description
34814 \begin_inset space ~
34817 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
34818 \begin_inset space ~
34822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34824 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
34831 \begin_layout Description
34833 \begin_inset space ~
34836 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
34837 \begin_inset space ~
34841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34843 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
34850 \begin_layout Description
34852 \begin_inset space ~
34855 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
34856 \begin_inset space ~
34860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34862 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
34869 \begin_layout Description
34871 \begin_inset space ~
34874 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
34875 \begin_inset space ~
34879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34881 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
34888 \begin_layout Description
34890 \begin_inset space ~
34893 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
34894 \begin_inset space ~
34898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34900 reference "sub:Ligatures"
34907 \begin_layout Description
34909 \begin_inset space ~
34912 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
34913 \begin_inset space ~
34917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34919 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
34926 \begin_layout Description
34928 \begin_inset space ~
34931 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
34932 \begin_inset space ~
34936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34938 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
34945 \begin_layout Description
34947 \begin_inset space ~
34950 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
34951 \begin_inset space ~
34955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34957 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34964 \begin_layout Description
34966 \begin_inset space ~
34970 \begin_inset space ~
34973 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
34974 \begin_inset space ~
34978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34980 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34987 \begin_layout Subsection
34991 \begin_layout Standard
34992 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
34993 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
34995 \begin_inset space ~
34999 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35001 reference "sec:toc"
35006 The index list is described in section
35007 \begin_inset space ~
35011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35013 reference "sec:Index"
35017 , the nomenclature in section
35018 \begin_inset space ~
35022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35024 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35028 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35029 \begin_inset space ~
35033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35035 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35042 \begin_layout Subsection
35046 \begin_layout Standard
35047 To insert floats, described in section
35048 \begin_inset space ~
35052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35054 reference "sec:Floats"
35061 \begin_layout Subsection
35065 \begin_layout Standard
35066 To insert notes, described in section
35067 \begin_inset space ~
35071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35073 reference "sec:Notes"
35080 \begin_layout Subsection
35084 \begin_layout Standard
35085 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35086 \begin_inset space ~
35090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35092 reference "sec:Branches"
35099 \begin_layout Subsection
35104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35113 \begin_layout Standard
35114 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35115 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35126 \begin_layout Subsection
35131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35140 \begin_layout Standard
35141 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35142 \begin_inset space ~
35146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35148 reference "sec:Minipages"
35153 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35164 \begin_layout Subsection
35168 \begin_layout Standard
35169 Inserts a citation as described in section
35170 \begin_inset space ~
35174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35176 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35183 \begin_layout Subsection
35187 \begin_layout Standard
35188 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35189 \begin_inset space ~
35193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35195 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35202 \begin_layout Subsection
35206 \begin_layout Standard
35207 Inserts a label as described in section
35208 \begin_inset space ~
35212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35214 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35221 \begin_layout Subsection
35226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35237 Longtables ! Caption
35245 \begin_layout Standard
35246 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35247 Floats are described in section
35248 \begin_inset space ~
35252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35254 reference "sec:Floats"
35258 , cations in longtables are described in section
35269 \begin_layout Subsection
35273 \begin_layout Standard
35274 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35275 \begin_inset space ~
35279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35281 reference "sec:Index"
35288 \begin_layout Subsection
35292 \begin_layout Standard
35293 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35294 \begin_inset space ~
35298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35300 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35307 \begin_layout Subsection
35311 \begin_layout Standard
35313 Tables are described in section
35314 \begin_inset space ~
35318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35320 reference "sec:Tables"
35327 \begin_layout Subsection
35331 \begin_layout Standard
35333 Graphics are described in section
35334 \begin_inset space ~
35338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35340 reference "sec:Graphics"
35347 \begin_layout Subsection
35351 \begin_layout Standard
35352 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35353 \begin_inset space ~
35357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35359 reference "sec:URL"
35366 \begin_layout Subsection
35370 \begin_layout Standard
35371 Inserts a footnote, see section
35372 \begin_inset space ~
35376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35378 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35385 \begin_layout Subsection
35389 \begin_layout Standard
35390 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35391 \begin_inset space ~
35395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35397 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35404 \begin_layout Subsection
35408 \begin_layout Standard
35409 Inserts a short title, see section
35410 \begin_inset space ~
35414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35416 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35423 \begin_layout Subsection
35427 \begin_layout Standard
35428 Inserts an ERT box, see section
35429 \begin_inset space ~
35433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35435 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
35442 \begin_layout Subsection
35447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35456 \begin_layout Standard
35457 Inserts a program listings box.
35458 Program listings are explained in chapter
35460 Program Code Listings
35469 \begin_layout Subsection
35473 \begin_layout Standard
35474 Inserts the actual date.
35475 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35477 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35487 There the different methods are also compared.
35490 \begin_layout Section
35495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35504 \begin_layout Standard
35505 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35506 the current document.
35507 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35510 \begin_layout Standard
35511 The Navigate menu also offers to
35514 \begin_layout Subsection
35518 \begin_layout Standard
35519 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35520 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35523 \begin_inset space ~
35527 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35528 \begin_inset space ~
35531 2.5 and use the menu
35534 \begin_inset space ~
35538 \begin_inset space ~
35545 \begin_inset space ~
35551 \begin_inset space ~
35555 \begin_inset space ~
35561 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
35573 \begin_layout Standard
35574 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
35575 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
35578 \begin_layout Subsection
35579 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
35582 \begin_layout Standard
35583 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
35587 \begin_layout Subsection
35591 \begin_layout Standard
35592 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
35593 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
35594 on a cross-reference box.
35597 \begin_layout Section
35602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35611 \begin_layout Subsection
35615 \begin_layout Standard
35616 Change Tracking is described in section
35617 \begin_inset space ~
35621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35623 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35630 \begin_layout Subsection
35635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35645 \begin_layout Standard
35646 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
35648 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
35651 \begin_layout Standard
35652 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
35657 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
35660 \begin_layout Subsection
35664 \begin_layout Standard
35665 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
35666 \begin_inset space ~
35670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35672 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
35679 \begin_layout Subsection
35680 Start Appendix Here
35683 \begin_layout Standard
35684 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
35685 position as described in section
35686 \begin_inset space ~
35690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35692 reference "sec:Appendices"
35699 \begin_layout Subsection
35703 \begin_layout Standard
35704 Un/compresses the actual document.
35707 \begin_layout Subsection
35709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35711 name "sub:Settings"
35719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35720 Document ! Settings
35728 \begin_layout Standard
35729 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
35731 You can save your document settings as default with the
35733 Save as Document Defaults
35735 button in the dialog.
35736 This will create a template named
35740 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
35744 \begin_layout Standard
35745 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
35748 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35752 \begin_layout Standard
35753 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
35754 Document classes are described in section
35755 \begin_inset space ~
35759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35761 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
35766 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
35771 , the default driver for the Latex@LaTeX-packages are used.
35772 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
35775 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35779 \begin_layout Standard
35780 The document font settings are described in section
35781 \begin_inset space ~
35785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35787 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
35794 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35798 \begin_layout Standard
35799 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
35801 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
35805 \begin_layout Standard
35806 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
35807 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
35808 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
35811 \begin_layout Standard
35812 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
35820 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35824 \begin_layout Standard
35825 A description of this menu is given in section
35826 \begin_inset space ~
35830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35832 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
35837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35839 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
35846 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35850 \begin_layout Standard
35851 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
35852 \begin_inset space ~
35856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35858 reference "sub:Margins"
35865 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35871 Language ! Encoding
35879 \begin_layout Standard
35880 The document language and quote styles are set here.
35881 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
35882 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
35883 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
35884 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
35885 known for a particular character).
35889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35890 The known commands are defined in a text file.
35891 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
35896 manual for details.
35904 \begin_layout Standard
35905 If you use the option
35907 use language's default encoding
35909 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
35911 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
35912 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
35913 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
35914 exactly one encoding.
35915 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
35923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35924 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
35925 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
35927 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
35928 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35942 \begin_layout Standard
35943 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
35944 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
35945 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
35946 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
35947 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
35948 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
35951 use language's default encoding
35953 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
35954 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
35955 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
35958 \begin_layout Standard
35959 Here is a list with the important encodings:
35962 \begin_layout Description
35964 \begin_inset space ~
35969 use language's default encoding
35971 , but the LaTeX-package
35979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35980 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
35986 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
35989 \begin_layout Description
35990 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
35993 \begin_layout Description
35994 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
35995 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
35998 \begin_layout Description
35999 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36002 \begin_layout Description
36003 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36006 \begin_layout Description
36007 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36010 \begin_layout Description
36011 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36014 \begin_layout Description
36015 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36018 \begin_layout Description
36019 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36020 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36023 \begin_layout Description
36024 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36025 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36028 \begin_layout Description
36029 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36032 \begin_layout Description
36033 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36036 \begin_layout Description
36037 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36040 \begin_layout Description
36041 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36044 \begin_layout Description
36045 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36046 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36047 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36051 \begin_layout Description
36052 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36053 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36056 \begin_layout Description
36057 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36061 \begin_layout Description
36062 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36065 \begin_layout Description
36066 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36067 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36070 \begin_layout Description
36071 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36072 the euro currency sign, the
36076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36085 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36086 be the replacement for latin1
36089 \begin_layout Description
36090 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36093 \begin_layout Description
36094 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36103 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36108 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
36111 \begin_layout Description
36112 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36116 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
36119 \begin_layout Description
36120 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36129 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36134 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36137 \begin_layout Description
36138 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36142 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36151 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36152 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36166 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36170 \begin_layout Standard
36171 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36173 \begin_inset space ~
36177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36179 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36186 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36190 \begin_layout Standard
36191 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36198 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36214 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36220 For a further description see section
36221 \begin_inset space ~
36225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36227 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36234 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36238 \begin_layout Standard
36239 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36246 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36260 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36267 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36270 \begin_layout Standard
36275 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36276 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36279 \begin_layout Standard
36284 is used for special integral characters.
36287 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36291 \begin_layout Standard
36292 The float placement options are described in section
36293 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36299 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36306 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36310 \begin_layout Standard
36311 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36312 The itemize environment is described in section
36313 \begin_inset space ~
36317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36319 reference "sec:Itemize"
36326 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36330 \begin_layout Standard
36331 Branches are described in section
36332 \begin_inset space ~
36336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36338 reference "sec:Branches"
36345 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36360 \begin_layout Standard
36361 In this text field are entered commands to load special Latex@LaTeX-packages
36362 or to define LaTeX-commands.
36363 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36364 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36368 \begin_layout Standard
36369 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36370 \begin_inset space ~
36374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36376 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36383 \begin_layout Section
36388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36397 \begin_layout Subsection
36401 \begin_layout Standard
36402 Spell checking is explained in section
36403 \begin_inset space ~
36407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36409 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36416 \begin_layout Subsection
36420 \begin_layout Standard
36421 The thesaurus is described in section
36422 \begin_inset space ~
36426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36428 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36435 \begin_layout Subsection
36440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36449 \begin_layout Standard
36450 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36454 \begin_layout Subsection
36459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36468 \begin_layout Standard
36469 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36472 \begin_layout Subsection
36477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36478 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36489 Reconfiguration of LyX
36493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36510 Reconfiguration of LyX
36518 \begin_layout Standard
36519 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36520 That means LyX looks for Latex@LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see
36522 \begin_inset space ~
36526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36528 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36535 \begin_layout Subsection
36539 \begin_layout Standard
36540 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36541 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36547 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36554 \begin_layout Section
36559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36568 \begin_layout Standard
36569 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36573 \begin_layout Standard
36577 \begin_inset space ~
36582 shows a LyX-document with informations about the Latex@LaTeX-packages and
36583 classes found by LyX (see also section
36584 \begin_inset space ~
36588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36590 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36597 \begin_layout Section
36599 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36601 name "sec:Toolbars"
36608 \begin_layout Standard
36609 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36610 \begin_inset space ~
36614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36616 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36623 \begin_layout Standard
36624 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36625 This is described in the
36632 \begin_layout Subsection
36637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36646 \begin_layout Standard
36647 \begin_inset Graphics
36648 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36656 \begin_layout Standard
36657 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36663 \begin_layout Standard
36664 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36681 \begin_inset Note Note
36684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36685 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36690 manual for more information.
36698 \begin_layout Standard
36699 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36705 \begin_layout Standard
36706 \begin_inset Tabular
36707 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36708 <features islongtable="true">
36709 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36710 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36716 \begin_inset Graphics
36717 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36731 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
36744 \begin_layout Standard
36745 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36751 \begin_layout Standard
36753 \begin_inset Tabular
36754 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36755 <features islongtable="true">
36756 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36757 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36758 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36765 \begin_inset Graphics
36766 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36767 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36782 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36789 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36794 \begin_inset Graphics
36795 filename ../images/file-open.png
36796 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36811 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36818 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36823 \begin_inset Graphics
36824 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36825 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36840 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36847 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36852 \begin_inset Graphics
36853 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36854 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36869 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36876 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36881 \begin_inset Graphics
36882 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36883 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36898 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36905 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36910 \begin_inset Graphics
36911 filename ../images/undo.png
36912 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36927 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36934 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36939 \begin_inset Graphics
36940 filename ../images/redo.png
36941 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36956 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36963 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36968 \begin_inset Graphics
36969 filename ../images/cut.png
36970 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36985 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36992 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36997 \begin_inset Graphics
36998 filename ../images/copy.png
36999 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37014 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37021 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37026 \begin_inset Graphics
37027 filename ../images/paste.png
37028 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37043 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37050 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37055 \begin_inset Graphics
37056 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37057 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37058 rotateOrigin center
37067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37073 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37079 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37088 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37093 \begin_inset Graphics
37094 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37095 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37108 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37110 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37112 \begin_inset space ~
37123 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37128 \begin_inset Graphics
37129 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37130 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37143 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37145 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37147 \begin_inset space ~
37158 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37163 \begin_inset Graphics
37164 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37165 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37178 Formats text using the current settings in the
37180 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37182 \begin_inset space ~
37193 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37198 \begin_inset Graphics
37199 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37200 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37215 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37216 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37218 \begin_inset space ~
37227 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37232 \begin_inset Graphics
37233 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37234 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37235 rotateOrigin center
37244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37250 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37257 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37262 \begin_inset Graphics
37263 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37264 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37265 rotateOrigin center
37274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37287 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37292 \begin_inset Graphics
37293 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37294 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37295 rotateOrigin center
37304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37308 Toggle outline window on/off,
37310 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37322 \begin_inset Graphics
37323 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37324 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37325 rotateOrigin center
37334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37338 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37344 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37349 \begin_inset Graphics
37350 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37351 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37352 rotateOrigin center
37361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37365 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37378 \begin_layout Subsection
37383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37392 \begin_layout Standard
37393 \begin_inset Graphics
37394 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37402 \begin_layout Standard
37403 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37409 \begin_layout Standard
37410 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37414 \begin_layout Standard
37415 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37421 \begin_layout Standard
37422 \begin_inset Tabular
37423 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37424 <features islongtable="true">
37425 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37426 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37427 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37432 \begin_inset Graphics
37433 filename ../images/layout.png
37434 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37435 rotateOrigin center
37444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37454 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37459 \begin_inset Graphics
37460 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37461 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37462 rotateOrigin center
37471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37481 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37486 \begin_inset Graphics
37487 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37488 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37489 rotateOrigin center
37498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37508 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37513 \begin_inset Graphics
37514 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37515 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37516 rotateOrigin center
37525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37535 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37540 \begin_inset Graphics
37541 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37542 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37543 rotateOrigin center
37552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37562 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37567 \begin_inset Graphics
37568 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37569 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37570 rotateOrigin center
37579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37585 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37587 \begin_inset space ~
37591 \begin_inset space ~
37600 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37605 \begin_inset Graphics
37606 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37607 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37608 rotateOrigin center
37617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37623 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37625 \begin_inset space ~
37629 \begin_inset space ~
37638 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37643 \begin_inset Graphics
37644 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37645 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37660 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37661 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37668 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37673 \begin_inset Graphics
37674 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37675 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37690 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37691 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37698 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37703 \begin_inset Graphics
37704 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37705 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37720 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37727 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37732 \begin_inset Graphics
37733 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37734 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37749 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37756 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37761 \begin_inset Graphics
37762 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37763 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37778 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37785 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37790 \begin_inset Graphics
37791 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37792 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37807 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37809 \begin_inset space ~
37818 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37823 \begin_inset Graphics
37824 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37825 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37840 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37842 \begin_inset space ~
37851 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37856 \begin_inset Graphics
37857 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37858 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37873 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37880 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37885 \begin_inset Graphics
37886 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37887 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37888 rotateOrigin center
37897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37903 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37905 \begin_inset space ~
37914 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37919 \begin_inset Graphics
37920 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37921 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37936 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37937 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37939 \begin_inset space ~
37948 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37953 \begin_inset Graphics
37954 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37955 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37970 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37977 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37982 \begin_inset Graphics
37983 filename ../images/url-insert.png
37984 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37999 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38006 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38011 \begin_inset Graphics
38012 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38013 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38028 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38050 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38055 \begin_inset Graphics
38056 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38057 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38072 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38073 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38075 \begin_inset space ~
38084 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38089 \begin_inset Graphics
38090 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38091 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38092 rotateOrigin center
38101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38107 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38109 \begin_inset space ~
38118 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38123 \begin_inset Graphics
38124 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38125 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38126 rotateOrigin center
38135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38141 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38143 \begin_inset space ~
38152 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38157 \begin_inset Graphics
38158 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38159 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38160 rotateOrigin center
38169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38175 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38189 \begin_layout Subsection
38190 View / Update Toolbar
38194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38195 Toolbar ! View / Update
38203 \begin_layout Standard
38204 \begin_inset Graphics
38205 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38212 \begin_layout Standard
38213 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38219 \begin_layout Standard
38220 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38224 \begin_layout Standard
38225 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38231 \begin_layout Standard
38232 \begin_inset Tabular
38233 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38234 <features islongtable="true">
38235 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38236 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38237 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38242 \begin_inset Graphics
38243 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38244 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38245 rotateOrigin center
38254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38260 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38267 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38272 \begin_inset Graphics
38273 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38274 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38275 rotateOrigin center
38284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38290 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38291 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38298 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38303 \begin_inset Graphics
38304 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38305 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38306 rotateOrigin center
38315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38321 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38328 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38333 \begin_inset Graphics
38334 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38335 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38336 rotateOrigin center
38345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38351 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38352 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38358 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38359 functionality is merged with
38361 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38376 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38381 \begin_inset Graphics
38382 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38383 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38384 rotateOrigin center
38393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38399 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38406 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38411 \begin_inset Graphics
38412 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38413 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38414 rotateOrigin center
38423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38429 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38430 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38444 \begin_layout Subsection
38448 \begin_layout Standard
38449 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38450 \begin_inset space ~
38454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38456 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38460 , the table toolbar
38464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38470 is explained in the
38477 \begin_layout Chapter
38483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38485 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38502 \begin_layout Standard
38503 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38505 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38508 \begin_layout Section
38512 \begin_layout Subsection
38514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38525 Customization ! of toolbars
38534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38535 Customization ! of menus
38543 \begin_layout Standard
38544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38552 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
38560 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38561 User Interface File
38565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38566 Customization ! of toolbars
38575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38576 Customization ! of menus
38584 \begin_layout Standard
38585 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
38586 interface (ui) file.
38587 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
38588 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
38597 Both files are loaded by the
38602 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
38603 files and edit the entries.
38606 \begin_layout Standard
38607 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
38619 entries must be ended with an explicit
38644 and in the case of the
38645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38657 The syntax for the entries is:
38660 \begin_layout Standard
38661 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38689 \begin_layout Standard
38691 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38694 All LyX-functions are listed in
38695 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38704 \begin_layout Standard
38705 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38711 \begin_layout Standard
38712 An example: Assuming you use the menu
38714 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38717 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
38721 \begin_layout Standard
38722 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38727 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
38730 \begin_layout Standard
38732 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38735 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
38738 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38752 \begin_layout Standard
38753 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
38754 Several binding files are available:
38757 \begin_layout Description
38758 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
38761 \begin_layout Description
38762 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
38773 \begin_layout Description
38774 mac.bind set of bindings for
38777 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38785 \begin_layout Standard
38786 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
38790 , and bind files for special languages.
38791 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
38793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38801 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
38805 \begin_layout Standard
38806 Some bind-files, like
38810 , have only a small scope.
38811 When looking at the the end of the file
38815 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
38818 \begin_layout Standard
38819 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
38820 s with a text editor.
38821 The syntax of the entries is:
38824 \begin_layout Standard
38830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38848 \begin_layout Standard
38849 All LyX-functions are listed in
38850 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38859 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38863 \begin_layout Standard
38867 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38871 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38874 restore window size, or use fixed size
38876 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
38880 \begin_layout Standard
38884 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38888 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38891 restore window position
38893 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
38896 \begin_layout Standard
38899 Restore cursor positions
38901 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
38905 \begin_layout Standard
38908 Load opened files from last session
38910 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
38913 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38915 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38917 name "sub:Backup documents"
38925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38934 \begin_layout Standard
38939 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
38942 \begin_layout Standard
38947 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
38950 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38952 \begin_inset space ~
38960 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38964 \begin_layout Standard
38967 Cursor follows scrollbar
38969 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
38973 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38977 \begin_layout Standard
38980 Enable Pixmap Cache
38982 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
38983 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
38984 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
38985 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
38987 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
38988 \begin_inset space ~
38994 \begin_layout Subsection
38999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39006 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39008 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39015 \begin_layout Standard
39016 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39019 \begin_layout Standard
39020 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39028 This section only deals with the fonts
39033 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39036 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39037 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39048 \begin_layout Standard
39049 By default, LyX uses
39053 as roman (serif) font,
39061 (depends on the system) as
39064 \begin_inset space ~
39080 \begin_layout Standard
39081 You can change the font size with the
39088 \begin_layout Standard
39093 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39094 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39096 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39099 points have the size of 1
39100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39104 \begin_inset space ~
39108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39110 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39117 \begin_layout Standard
39122 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39123 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39127 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39128 \begin_inset space ~
39132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39134 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39141 \begin_layout Subsection
39146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39165 \begin_layout Standard
39166 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39167 Choose an item in the list and use the
39174 \begin_layout Subsection
39179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39180 Settings ! Graphics
39188 \begin_layout Standard
39189 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39192 \begin_layout Standard
39197 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39198 This feature is described in section
39199 \begin_inset space ~
39203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39205 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39212 \begin_layout Subsection
39217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39228 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39236 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39243 \begin_layout Standard
39244 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39245 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39251 \begin_inset space ~
39254 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39255 can use the keyboard map file named
39262 \begin_layout Standard
39263 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39271 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39279 \begin_layout Section
39284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39295 Settings ! Directory
39303 \begin_layout Description
39305 \begin_inset space ~
39308 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39309 It is the default when you
39320 \begin_inset space ~
39328 \begin_layout Description
39330 \begin_inset space ~
39333 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39335 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39337 \begin_inset space ~
39341 \begin_inset space ~
39349 \begin_layout Description
39351 \begin_inset space ~
39358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39364 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39365 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39366 \begin_inset space ~
39370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39372 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39380 will be used to save the backups.
39381 \begin_inset Newline newline
39384 The backup files have the ending
39385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39395 \begin_layout Description
39400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39407 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39408 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39409 \begin_inset Newline newline
39413 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39421 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39429 \begin_layout Description
39431 \begin_inset space ~
39434 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39437 \begin_layout Description
39439 \begin_inset space ~
39442 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39443 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39444 to find it on the system.
39445 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39446 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39448 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39455 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39456 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39460 \begin_layout Section
39464 \begin_layout Standard
39465 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39466 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39468 \begin_inset space ~
39472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39474 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39478 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39481 \begin_layout Section
39486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39487 Language ! Settings
39496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39497 Settings ! Language
39505 \begin_layout Subsection
39509 \begin_layout Description
39511 \begin_inset space ~
39514 language is the language used in new documents
39517 \begin_layout Description
39519 \begin_inset space ~
39522 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39524 The default is the LaTeX-command
39530 that loads the package
39538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39539 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39540 \begin_inset space ~
39544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39546 reference "sec:ERT"
39556 \begin_inset Newline newline
39563 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
39564 the document language.
39565 A text label is for instance the word
39566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39573 at the beginning of every table-caption.
39576 \begin_layout Description
39578 \begin_inset space ~
39581 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
39582 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
39583 An example is the start command
39589 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
39594 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39609 selectlanguage{$$lang}
39614 \begin_layout Description
39616 \begin_inset space ~
39624 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
39625 command toggles the package on and off.
39628 \begin_layout Description
39630 \begin_inset space ~
39640 \begin_layout Description
39641 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
39642 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
39643 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
39644 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
39651 \begin_layout Description
39653 \begin_inset space ~
39656 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
39658 When this option is not set, the
39661 \begin_inset space ~
39666 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
39667 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
39670 \begin_inset space ~
39678 \begin_layout Description
39680 \begin_inset space ~
39686 \begin_inset space ~
39692 When it is not set, the
39695 \begin_inset space ~
39700 is set to the end of the document.
39703 \begin_layout Description
39705 \begin_inset space ~
39709 \begin_inset space ~
39712 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
39713 language will be underlined blue.
39716 \begin_layout Description
39718 \begin_inset space ~
39722 \begin_inset space ~
39726 \begin_inset space ~
39730 \begin_inset space ~
39733 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
39737 \begin_layout Subsection
39741 \begin_layout Standard
39742 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
39743 \begin_inset space ~
39747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39749 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39756 \begin_layout Section
39760 \begin_layout Subsection
39762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39791 \begin_layout Description
39793 \begin_inset space ~
39796 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
39797 The name will be used when the
39802 \begin_inset Newline newline
39806 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39814 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
39823 \begin_layout Description
39825 \begin_inset space ~
39829 \begin_inset space ~
39833 \begin_inset space ~
39836 printer This option works only for the
39841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39853 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
39854 This is an option only for dvips experts.
39857 \begin_layout Description
39859 \begin_inset space ~
39862 command is the command LyX
39863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39867 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39870 LaTeX uses for printing.
39871 The default is on most systems
39878 \begin_layout Description
39880 \begin_inset space ~
39884 \begin_inset space ~
39887 Options Here you can specify printer options.
39888 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
39889 of the program that provides the
39896 \begin_layout Subsection
39901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39912 Settings ! Date format
39920 \begin_layout Standard
39921 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
39922 \begin_inset Newline newline
39926 \begin_inset Flex URL
39929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39931 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
39937 \begin_inset Newline newline
39940 For example the format
39941 \begin_inset Newline newline
39945 \begin_inset Newline newline
39948 prints the date as day/month/year.
39951 \begin_layout Subsection
39955 \begin_layout Description
39957 \begin_inset space ~
39961 \begin_inset space ~
39964 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
39967 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39968 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39970 \begin_inset space ~
39976 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
39980 \begin_layout Description
39982 \begin_inset space ~
39985 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
39990 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
39991 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
39994 \begin_layout Subsection
39999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40009 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40018 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40026 \begin_layout Description
40031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40039 \begin_inset space ~
40042 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40047 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40069 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40082 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40083 LyX sets up in the background.
40084 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40087 \begin_layout Description
40089 \begin_inset space ~
40093 \begin_inset space ~
40096 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40101 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40104 \begin_layout Description
40106 \begin_inset space ~
40110 \begin_inset space ~
40114 \begin_inset space ~
40118 \begin_inset space ~
40122 \begin_inset space ~
40126 \begin_inset space ~
40129 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40131 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40134 dialog when changing the document class.
40137 \begin_layout Standard
40140 External Applications
40142 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40143 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40144 manuals of the applications.
40145 Currently the following commands can be set:
40148 \begin_layout Description
40153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40161 \begin_inset space ~
40164 command Command for the program
40168 that is described in section
40179 \begin_layout Description
40184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40192 \begin_inset space ~
40195 command Command for the program
40199 that generates the bibliography, see section
40200 \begin_inset space ~
40204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40206 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40213 \begin_layout Description
40215 \begin_inset space ~
40218 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40219 \begin_inset space ~
40223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40225 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40232 \begin_layout Description
40234 \begin_inset space ~
40238 \begin_inset space ~
40242 \begin_inset space ~
40246 \begin_inset space ~
40249 options They only have an effect when the program
40253 is used as DVI-viewer.
40256 \begin_layout Subsection
40261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40280 \begin_layout Standard
40285 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40288 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40290 uses the Windows path style:
40293 \begin_layout Standard
40301 \begin_layout Standard
40302 instead of the Unix path style:
40305 \begin_layout Standard
40309 \begin_layout Section
40314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40323 \begin_layout Standard
40324 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40325 from one format to another.
40326 You can modify them or create new ones.
40327 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40334 \begin_inset space ~
40344 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40348 \begin_inset space ~
40353 drop-down list, modify the
40357 field, and press the
40364 \begin_layout Standard
40367 Converter File Cache
40369 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40372 Maximum Age (in days
40375 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40376 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40379 \begin_layout Standard
40380 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40381 the converter definition, is described in section
40392 \begin_layout Section
40397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40406 name "sec:File-Formats"
40413 \begin_layout Standard
40414 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40415 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40417 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40425 \begin_inset space ~
40437 \begin_layout Standard
40438 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40439 is described in section
40450 \begin_layout Section
40455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40464 \begin_layout Standard
40465 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40466 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40467 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40468 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40469 This is done by a Copier.
40472 \begin_layout Standard
40473 More about converters is described in section
40484 \begin_layout Chapter
40485 Units available in LyX
40489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40498 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40505 \begin_layout Standard
40506 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40509 reference "cap:Units"
40513 explains all units available in LyX.
40516 \begin_layout Standard
40517 \begin_inset Float table
40523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40524 \begin_inset Caption
40526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40542 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40550 \begin_inset Tabular
40551 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
40553 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40554 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40650 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40654 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40678 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40682 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40705 scaled point (65536
40706 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40710 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40738 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40762 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40766 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
40770 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40794 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40798 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40821 % of original image width
40828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41010 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41014 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41035 \begin_layout Chapter
41037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41046 \begin_layout Standard
41047 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41048 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41051 \begin_layout Itemize
41054 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41057 \begin_layout Itemize
41063 \begin_layout Itemize
41069 \begin_layout Itemize
41075 \begin_layout Itemize
41081 \begin_layout Itemize
41087 \begin_layout Itemize
41093 \begin_layout Itemize
41099 \begin_layout Itemize
41102 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41105 \begin_layout Itemize
41111 \begin_layout Itemize
41117 \begin_layout Itemize
41123 \begin_layout Itemize
41129 \begin_layout Itemize
41135 \begin_layout Itemize
41141 \begin_layout Itemize
41147 \begin_layout Itemize
41153 \begin_layout Itemize
41155 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41164 \begin_layout Standard
41165 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41168 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41175 \begin_layout Bibliography
41176 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41177 LatexCommand bibitem
41184 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41187 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41192 \begin_inset Newline newline
41196 \begin_inset Flex URL
41199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41201 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41209 \begin_layout Bibliography
41210 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41211 LatexCommand bibitem
41212 key "latexcompanion"
41216 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41218 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41221 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41224 \begin_layout Bibliography
41225 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41226 LatexCommand bibitem
41231 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41234 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41237 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41240 \begin_layout Bibliography
41241 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41242 LatexCommand bibitem
41249 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41252 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41255 \begin_layout Bibliography
41256 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41257 LatexCommand bibitem
41269 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41272 \begin_layout Bibliography
41273 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41274 LatexCommand bibitem
41280 \begin_inset Newline newline
41284 \begin_inset Flex URL
41287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41289 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41297 \begin_layout Bibliography
41298 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41299 LatexCommand bibitem
41305 \begin_inset Newline newline
41309 \begin_inset Flex URL
41312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41314 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41322 \begin_layout Bibliography
41323 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41324 LatexCommand bibitem
41330 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41332 name "Documentation"
41333 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41342 \begin_inset Newline newline
41346 \begin_inset Flex URL
41349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41351 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41359 \begin_layout Bibliography
41360 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41361 LatexCommand bibitem
41367 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41369 name "Documentation"
41370 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
41379 \begin_inset Newline newline
41383 \begin_inset Flex URL
41386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41388 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
41396 \begin_layout Bibliography
41397 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41398 LatexCommand bibitem
41404 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41406 name "Documentation"
41407 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41411 of the LaTeX-package
41419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41420 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41426 \begin_inset Newline newline
41430 \begin_inset Flex URL
41433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41435 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41443 \begin_layout Bibliography
41444 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41445 LatexCommand bibitem
41451 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41453 name "Documentation"
41454 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41458 of the LaTeX-package
41466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41467 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41473 \begin_inset Newline newline
41477 \begin_inset Flex URL
41480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41482 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41490 \begin_layout Bibliography
41491 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41492 LatexCommand bibitem
41498 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41500 name "Documentation"
41501 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41505 of the LaTeX-package
41513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41514 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41520 \begin_inset Newline newline
41524 \begin_inset Flex URL
41527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41529 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41537 \begin_layout Bibliography
41538 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41539 LatexCommand bibitem
41545 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41547 name "Documentation"
41548 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
41552 of the LaTeX-package
41560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41561 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
41567 \begin_inset Newline newline
41571 \begin_inset Flex URL
41574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41576 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
41584 \begin_layout Bibliography
41585 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41586 LatexCommand bibitem
41592 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41594 name "Documentation"
41595 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
41599 of the LaTeX-package
41607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41608 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
41614 \begin_inset Newline newline
41618 \begin_inset Flex URL
41621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41623 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
41631 \begin_layout Bibliography
41632 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41633 LatexCommand bibitem
41639 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41642 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
41646 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
41647 \begin_inset Newline newline
41651 \begin_inset Flex URL
41654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41656 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
41664 \begin_layout Bibliography
41665 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41666 LatexCommand bibitem
41672 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41675 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
41679 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
41680 \begin_inset Newline newline
41684 \begin_inset Flex URL
41687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41689 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
41697 \begin_layout Bibliography
41698 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41699 LatexCommand bibitem
41705 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41708 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
41712 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
41713 \begin_inset Newline newline
41717 \begin_inset Flex URL
41720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41722 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
41730 \begin_layout Bibliography
41731 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41732 LatexCommand bibitem
41738 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41741 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
41745 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
41746 \begin_inset Newline newline
41750 \begin_inset Flex URL
41753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41755 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
41763 \begin_layout Bibliography
41764 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41765 LatexCommand bibitem
41771 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41774 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
41778 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
41779 \begin_inset Newline newline
41783 \begin_inset Flex URL
41786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41788 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
41796 \begin_layout Bibliography
41797 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41798 LatexCommand bibitem
41804 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41807 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
41811 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
41812 \begin_inset Newline newline
41816 \begin_inset Flex URL
41819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41821 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
41829 \begin_layout Bibliography
41830 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41831 LatexCommand bibitem
41837 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41840 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
41844 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
41845 \begin_inset Newline newline
41849 \begin_inset Flex URL
41852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41854 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
41862 \begin_layout Bibliography
41863 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41864 LatexCommand bibitem
41870 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41873 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
41877 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
41878 \begin_inset Newline newline
41882 \begin_inset Flex URL
41885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41887 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
41895 \begin_layout Bibliography
41896 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41897 LatexCommand bibitem
41903 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41906 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
41910 about new features in
41915 \begin_inset Newline newline
41919 \begin_inset Flex URL
41922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41924 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
41932 \begin_layout Standard
41933 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41967 \begin_inset Note Note
41970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41977 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
41978 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
41979 bibliography is the second one:
41987 \begin_layout Standard
41988 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
41989 LatexCommand bibtex
41990 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
41991 options "biblio/alphadin"
41998 \begin_layout Standard
41999 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42002 \begin_layout Standard
42005 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42006 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42011 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42012 LatexCommand printindex